Willi-Hans Steeb, Yorick Hardy - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information-WSPC (2018)
Willi-Hans Steeb, Yorick Hardy - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information-WSPC (2018)
4th
Edition
AND
SOLUTIONS IN
QUANTUM
COMPUTING
AND
QUANTUM
INFORMATION
Yorick Hardy
University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa
PROBLEMS 4th
Edition
AND
SOLUTIONS IN
QUANTUM
COMPUTING
AND
QUANTUM
INFORMATION
World Scientific
NEW JERSEY • LONDON • SINGAPORE • BEIJING • SHANGHAI • HONG KONG • TA I P E I • CHENNAI
For photocopying of material in this volume, please pay a copying fee through the Copyright Clearance
Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923, USA. In this case permission to photocopy
is not required from the publisher.
Printed in Singapore
Preface
The purpose of this book is to supply a collection of problems in quan-
tum computing and quantum information together with their detailed so-
lutions which will prove to be valuable to graduate students as well as to
research workers in these fields. All the important concepts and topics such
as quantum gates and quantum circuits, quantum channels, entanglement,
teleportation, Bell states, Bell inequality, Schmidt decomposition, quantum
Fourier transform, magic gate, von Neumann entropy, quantum channels,
quantum cryptography, quantum error correction, coherent states, coherent
Bell states, squeezed states, POVM measurement, beam splitter, homodyne
detection and Kerr Hamilton operator are included. The topics range in
difficulty from elementary to advanced. Almost all problems are solved
in detail and most of the problems are self-contained. All relevant defi-
nitions are given. Students can learn important principles and strategies
required for problem solving. Teachers will also find this text useful as a
supplement, since important concepts and techniques are developed in the
problems. The book can also be used as a text or a supplement for linear
and multilinear algebra or matrix theory. Each chapter also includes sup-
plementary problems.
The material was tested in our lectures given around the world.
v
August 1, 2014 10:17 9in x 6in Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy. . . b1683-fm
Contents
Preface v
Notation xi
3 Matrix Properties 65
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.2 Solved Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.3 Supplementary Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
vii
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page viii
viii Contents
8 Entropy 209
8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
8.2 Solved Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
8.3 Supplementary Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
9 Measurement 227
9.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
9.2 Solved Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
9.3 Supplementary Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
10 Entanglement 251
10.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
10.2 Solved Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
10.3 Supplementary Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
12 Teleportation 307
12.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
12.2 Solved Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
12.3 Supplementary Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
13 Cloning 319
13.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
13.2 Solved Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
13.3 Supplementary Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Contents ix
22 Entanglement 469
22.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
22.2 Solved Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
22.3 Supplementary Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
x Contents
Bibliography 521
Index 535
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page xi
Notation
∅ empty set
N natural numbers
N0 natural numbers including 0
Z integers
Q rational numbers
R real numbers
R+ nonnegative real numbers
C complex numbers
Rn n-dimensional Euclidean space
Cn n-dimensional complex linear space
H Hilbert
√ space
i −1
ωn := exp(2πi/n) n-th root of unity n ∈ N
<(z) real part of the complex number z
=(z) imaginary part of the complex number z
A⊂B subset A of set B
A∩B the intersection of the sets A and B
A∪B the union of the sets A and B
f ◦g composition of two mappings (f ◦ g)(x) = f (g(x))
x column vector in Cn
xT transpose of x (row vector)
× vector product in R3
k.k norm
x · y ≡ x∗ y scalar product (inner product) in Cn
h.|.i scalar product in Hilbert space
x×y vector product
A⊕B direct sum of matrices A and B
A⊗B Kronecker product of matrices A and B
f ⊗g tensor product of elements f and g
of Hilbert spaces
det(A) determinant of a square matrix A
tr(A) trace of a square matrix A
rank(A) rank of matrix A
AT transpose of matrix A
A conjugate of matrix A
A∗ conjugate transpose of matrix A
A† conjugate transpose of matrix A
(notation used in physics)
xi
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page xii
xii Notation
In n × n unit matrix
I unit operator
U unitary operator, unitary matrix
Π projection operator, projection matrix
P permutation matrix
σ1 , σ2 , σ3 Pauli spin matrices
S1 , S2 , S3 spin matrices for spin s = 1/2, 1, 3/2, 2, . . .
ρ density operator, density matrix
[A, B] := AB − BA commutator for square matrices A and B
[A, B]+ := AB + BA anticommutator for square matrices A and B
δjk Kronecker delta with δjk = 1 for j = k
and δjk = 0 for j 6= k
Ejk elementary matrices with 1 at jk and 0 otherwise
λ eigenvalue
real parameter
H Hamilton function
Ĥ Hamilton operator
{|0i, |1i, . . . , |n − 1i } arbitrary orthonormal basis for Cn
|Φ+ i, |Φ− i, |Ψ+ i, |Ψ− i Bell states in C4
~ h/2π with h the Planck constant
t time
ω frequency
k wave vector
r space coordinates
p momentum
b, b† Bose annihilation and creation operators
|ni number states, Fock states n = 0, 1, 2, . . .
|βi coherent state, β ∈ C
|ζi squeezed state, ζ ∈ C
D(β) displacement operator, β ∈ C
S(ζ) one-mode squeezing operator, ζ ∈ C
s squeezing parameter
c, c† Fermi annihilation and creation operators
E electric field
B magnetic induction
P electric polarization
The Pauli spin matrices are used extensively in the book. They are given
by
0 1 0 −i 1 0
σ1 := , σ2 := , σ3 := .
1 0 i 0 0 −1
Notation xiii
γ1 = −σ2 ⊗ σ1 , γ2 = σ2 ⊗ σ2 , γ3 = σ2 ⊗ σ3 , γ4 = σ3 ⊗ I2 .
The concept of a Hilbert space will be used throughout the book. A Hilbert
space is a set, H of elements, or vectors, (f, g, h, . . .) which satisfies the
following conditions (1) - - (5).
hf |gi = hg|f i
hf |g + hi = hf |gi + hf |hi
hf |cgi = chf |gi
and
hf |f i ≥ 0.
Equality in the last formula occurs only if f = 0. The scalar product defines
the norm kf k = hf |f i1/2 .
kfm − fn k → 0
xiv Notation
^ X
(2) f= hf |φj iφj
f ∈H j∈I
^ X
(3) hf |gi = hf |φj ihg|φj i
f,g∈H j∈I
^
(4) hf, φj i = 0 ⇒ f = 0
φj ∈B
^ X
(5) kf k2 = |hf, φj i|2 .
f ∈H j∈I
We will also use the so-called Dirac notation. Let H be a Hilbert space and
H∗ be the dual space endowed with a multiplication law of the form
(c, φ) = c̄φ
hφ| : ψ → hφ|ψi, h · | : H∗ → H 0
Part I
Finite-Dimensional
Hilbert Spaces
1
August 1, 2014 10:17 9in x 6in Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy. . . b1683-fm
Chapter 1
Qubits
1.1 Introduction
A single qubit is a two-state system, such as a two-level atom. The states
(kets) |hi and |vi of the horizontal and vertical polarization of a photon can
also be considered as a two-state system. Another example is the relative
phase and intensity of a single photon in two arms of an interferometer.
The underlying Hilbert space for the qubit is C2 . An arbitrary orthonormal
basis for C2 is denoted by { |0i, |1i }, where (scalar product)
Any pure quantum state |ψi (qubit) of this system can be written, up to a
phase, as a superposition (linear combination of the states)
3
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 4
|0ih0| + |1ih1| = I2
|0ih0|, |1ih1|
|0ih0|1ih1| = 02 .
Furthermore
(|0ih1| + |1ih0|)2 = |1ih1| + |0ih0| = I2 .
Given two normalized states |ψi, |φi in C2 , then 0 ≤ |hψ|φi|2 ≤ 1 provides
a probability. Let |ψi ∈ C2 and normalized. Then
ρ = |ψihψ|
ρ2 = |ψihψ|ψihψ| = |ψihψ| = ρ.
1 1
ρ= (I2 + n · σ) ≡ (I2 + n1 σ1 + n2 σ2 + n3 σ3 )
2 2
where n ∈ R3 ,
n · n ≡ n21 + n22 + n23 ≤ 1
and σ = (σ1 , σ2 , σ3 ) denote the Pauli spin matrices
0 1 0 −i 1 0
σ1 = , σ2 = , σ3 = .
1 0 i 0 0 −1
For pure states we have n · n = 1 and ρ = |ψihψ|. The Pauli spin matrices
are hermitian and unitary and admit the eigenvalues +1 and −1.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 5
Qubits 5
Find a parameter representation (i) if the underlying field is the set of real
numbers (ii) if the underlying field is the set of complex numbers.
Solution 1. (i) Using α = cos(θ), β = sin(θ) and the identity cos2 (θ) +
sin2 (θ) ≡ 1 for all θ ∈ R we have
cos(θ)
.
sin(θ)
is normalized.
Solution 3. We find
1 0 0 0 1 0
(i) A = + =
0 0 0 1 0 1
1 1 1 1 1 −1 1 0
(ii) A = + =
2 1 1 2 −1 1 0 1
sin2 (θ)
2
cos (θ) cos(θ) sin(θ) − cos(θ) sin(θ)
(iii) A = +
cos(θ) sin(θ) sin2 (θ) − cos(θ) sin(θ) cos2 (θ)
1 0
= .
0 1
For all three cases A = I2 , where I2 is the 2 × 2 unit matrix. Obviously, the
third case contains the first two as special cases. This is the completeness
relation.
Qubits 7
Thus we see that the respective matrix representations for the two bases
are different.
−1 ∗
(ii) The operator UH is unitary and the inverse is given by UH = UH = UH ,
∗
where denotes the adjoint.
(iii) For the standard basis we find
1 1 1
UH = √ .
2 1 −1
We see that the matrix representations for each of the two bases are the
same.
UH UH = |0ih0| + |1ih1| = I
Qubits 9
Solution 7. (i) For the Pauli matrices we have σ1† = σ1 , σ2† = σ2 , σ3† = σ3 .
Thus Π(n) = Π† (n). Since tr(σ1 ) = tr(σ2 ) = tr(σ3 ) = 0, tr(I2 ) = 2, and the
trace operation is linear, we obtain tr(Π(n)) = 1. Since σ12 = σ22 = σ32 = I2
and
[σ1 , σ2 ]+ = 02 , [σ2 , σ3 ]+ = 02 , [σ3 , σ1 ]+ = 02
where [A, B]+ := AB + BA denotes the anticommutator, the expression
2
3 3 3 3
1 X 1 1X 1 XX
Π2 (n) = I2 + nj σj = I2 + nj σj + nj nk σj σk
4 j=1
4 2 j=1 4 j=1
k=1
simplifies to
3 3
1 1X 1X 2
Π2 (n) = I2 + nj σj + n I2 .
4 2 j=1 4 j=1 j
Using n21 + n22 + n23 = 1 we obtain Π2 (n) = Π(n). Thus Π(n) is a projection
matrix.
(ii) We find
iφ
e cos(θ) 1 (1 + n3 )eiφ cos(θ) + (n1 − in2 ) sin(θ)
Π(n) = .
sin(θ) 2 (n1 + in2 )eiφ cos(θ) + (1 − n3 ) sin(θ)
Problem 9. The kets |hi and |vi are states of horizontal and vertical
polarization, respectively. Consider the normalized states
1 √
|ψ1 i = − (|hi + 3|vi)
2
1 √
|ψ2 i = − (|hi − 3|vi)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 10
|ψ3 i = |hi
1 √
|φ1 i = √ (−|hi + 2e−2πi/3 |vi)
3
1 √
|φ2 i = √ (−|hi + 2e+2πi/3 |vi)
3
1 √
|φ3 i = √ (−|hi + 2|vi).
3
Give an interpretation of these states.
Since cos2 (θ) + sin2 (θ) = 1 we obtain that tr(ρ) = 1. With hψ|ψi = 1 we
obtain ρ2 = (|ψihψ|)2 = |ψihψ|ψihψ| = |ψihψ| = ρ. Thus we have a pure
state.
Qubits 11
dσ3
i~ = [σ3 , Ĥ](t)
dt
is given by
σ3 (t) = eiĤt/~ σ3 e−iĤt/~
where σ3 (t = 0) = σ3 . Calculate σ3 (t).
(iv) Show that hψ(t = 0)|σ3 (t)|ψ(t = 0)i = hψ(t)|σ3 |ψ(t)i.
ρin = |0ih0|
where { |0i, |1i } denotes the standard basis. Using this basis find
and
1 eiχ + 1 eiχ − 1
UB UM UP UB =
2 −eiχ + 1 −eiχ − 1
we obtain
1 1 + cos(χ) i sin(χ)
ρout = .
2 −i sin(χ) 1 − cos(χ)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 13
Qubits 13
This yields the intensity along |0i as I ∝ 1 + cos(χ). Thus the relative UP
phase χ could be observed in the output signal of the interferometer.
since h0|0i = h1|1i = 1 and h0|1i = h1|0i = 0. We see that the commutator
is nonzero.
(ii) Since h0|1i = h1|0i = 0 we find
∞ j
X t
exp(t|0ih1|) = (|0ih1|)j = I2 + t|0ih1|.
j=0
j!
Analogously
∞ j
X t
exp(t|1ih0|) = (|1ih0|)j = I2 + t|1ih0|.
j=0
j!
Problem 14. Consider the unitary matrix for the NOT gate
0 1
UN OT = .
1 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 14
Σ := n · σ ≡ n1 σ1 + n2 σ2 + n3 σ3 .
(i) Calculate the matrix Σ2 . From this result and the fact that Σ is hermi-
tian show that Σ is unitary. Find the eigenvalues of Σ.
(ii) Let
1
|ψi = .
0
Calculate the state Σ|ψi and the probability |hψ|Σ|ψi|2 .
Solution 15. (i) Using n21 + n22 + n23 = 1, σ12 = σ22 = σ32 = I2 and
σ1 σ2 + σ2 σ1 = 02 , σ1 σ3 + σ3 σ1 = 02 , σ2 σ3 + σ3 σ2 = 02
we obtain
Σ2 = (n1 σ1 + n2 σ2 + n3 σ3 )2
= (n21 + n22 + n23 )I2
+n1 n2 (σ1 σ2 + σ2 σ1 ) + n1 n3 (σ3 σ1 + σ1 σ3 ) + n2 n3 (σ2 σ3 + σ3 σ2 )
= I2 .
Qubits 15
n · σ := n1 σ1 + n2 σ2 + n3 σ3 .
where α ≥ 0. Find α where the energy gap between the two energy levels
is the smallest.
Thus p
E1 (α) − E0 (α) = 2~ω 1 + α2 .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 16
where ∆ ≥ 0.
(i) Find the eigenvalues and the normalized eigenvectors of Ĥ.
(ii) Use the Cayley-Hamilton theorem to calculate exp(−iĤt/~).
Solution 18. (i) From det(Ĥ − EI2 ) = 0 we find the two eigenvalues
p
E± = ± ~2 ω 2 + ∆2 .
√
We set E := ~2 ω 2 + ∆2 . Then from the eigenvalue equation
~ω ∆ u1 u1
= E+
∆ −~ω u2 u2
Qubits 17
Thus
cos(Et/~) − i sin(Et/~)~ω/E −i sin(Et/~)∆/E
e−iĤt/~ = .
−i sin(Et/~)∆/E cos(Et/~) + i sin(Et/~)~ω/E
Problem 19. Consider the Pauli spin matrices σ1 , σ2 , σ3 . Can one find
an α ∈ R such that exp(iασ3 )σ1 exp(−iασ3 ) = σ2 ?
Problem 21. Let |ψ1 i and |ψ2 i be two normalized states in a Hilbert
space H. A distance d with 0 ≤ d ≤ π/2 can be defined as
cos2 (d) := |hψ1 |ψ2 i|2 .
Let H = C2 and consider the normalized states
1 1 1 1
|ψ1 i = √ , |ψ2 i = √ .
2 1 2 −1
Find d.
Solution 21. Since hψ1 |ψ2 i = 0 we have cos2 (d) = 0 and therefore
d = π/2.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 18
and ΠS + ΠA = I2 , ΠS ΠA = 02 .
(ii) Consider the normalized state
iφ
e sin(θ)
|ψi = .
cos(θ)
Then
eiφ sin(θ) − i cos(θ) eiφ sin(θ) + i cos(θ)
ΠS |ψi = , ΠA |ψi =
ieiφ sin(θ) + cos(θ) −ieiφ sin(θ) + cos(θ)
Qubits 19
v1 = ψ ∗ σ1 ψ, v2 = ψ ∗ σ2 ψ, v3 = ψ ∗ σ3 ψ.
1
cos(θ) sin(θ) ≡ sin(2θ), cos2 (θ) − sin2 (θ) ≡ cos(2θ)
2
we obtain
v1 = ψ ∗ σ1 ψ = cos(φ) sin(2θ)
v2 = ψ ∗ σ2 ψ = − sin(φ) sin(2θ)
v3 = ψ ∗ σ3 ψ = cos(2θ).
The vector
v1 cos(φ) sin(2θ)
v = v2 = − sin(φ) sin(2θ)
v3 cos(2θ)
is normalized, i.e. kvk2 = 1.
Calculate the variance VH (ψ) := hψ|H 2 |ψi − (hψ|H|ψi)2 and discuss the
dependence on θ.
hψ|H 2 |ψi = h211 cos2 (θ) + h222 sin2 (θ) + h212 + 2h12 (h11 + h22 ) cos(θ) sin(θ)
and
(hψ|H|ψi)2 = h211 cos4 (θ) + h222 sin4 (θ) + 2h11 h22 cos2 (θ) sin2 (θ)
+4h11 h12 cos3 (θ) sin(θ) + 4h22 h12 cos(θ) sin3 (θ).
Thus
VH (|ψi) = (h211 + h222 − 2h11 h22 ) sin2 (θ) cos2 (θ) + h212 (1 − 4 cos2 (θ) sin2 (θ))
+2h12 h11 sin(θ) cos(θ)(1 − 2 cos2 (θ))
+2h12 h22 sin(θ) cos(θ)(1 − 2 sin2 (θ)).
and the basis |0i, c† |0i. The dual basis is h0|, h0|c. Find the matrix repre-
sentation of Ĥ and the eigenvalues of the matrix.
Qubits 21
~ω1 e−iφ
0
.
~ω1 eiφ ~ω2
Ĥ = ε0 I2 + ~ωσ3 + ∆1 σ1 + ∆2 σ2
From
Obviously the two eigenvectors are orthonormal to each other, i.e. the
scalar product vanishes. The eigenvectors do not depend on ε0 .
1
(∆Â)(∆B̂) ≥ |h[Â, B̂]i|
2
where q q
∆ := hÂ2 i − hÂi2 , ∆B̂ := hB̂ 2 i − hB̂i2
and
hÂi := hψ|Â|ψi, hB̂i := hψ|B̂|ψi.
Consider the hermitian spin- 21 matrices
1 0 1 1 0 −i 1 1 0
S1 = , S2 = , S3 = .
2 1 0 2 i 0 2 0 −1
1
(∆Â)(∆B̂) = |h[Â, B̂]i|
2
i.e. the inequality given above should be an equality.
1
S12 = S22 = S32 = I2 .
4
We set
c1
|ψi = , hψ| = ( c∗1 c∗2 )
c2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 23
Qubits 23
with c1 c∗1 + c2 c∗2 = 1 (normalization). Thus we have for the right-hand side
of the equality
1 1 1 1 0 c1 1 2
|h[Â, B̂]i| = |hψ|iS3 |ψi = ( c∗1 c∗2 ) = |r − r22 |
2 2 4 0 −1 c2 4 1
1 1
q
√ 1 − 2r12 r22 cos(2(φ1 − φ2 )) = |r12 − r22 |.
2 2 4
1
|hb2j |b1k i| = √
d
ejk = UH Ejk U ∗ ,
E j, k = 1, 2
H
Qubits 25
Programming Problems
and
1
hψ|N HV W |ψi = √ .
2
Problem 2. Consider the Pauli spin matrix σ1 and the normalized state
in C2
cos(θ)
|ψi = .
sin(θ)
Calculate the variance
Vσ1 (ψ) := hψ|σ12 |ψi − (hψ|σ1 |ψi)2
and discuss the dependence on θ
Qubits 27
/* Hamilton1.mac */
H: matrix([1,1],[1,-1])/sqrt(2);
list: eigenvectors(H);
p1: part(list,1);
p11: part(p1,1);
lam1: part(p11,1);
lam2: part(p11,2);
p2: part(list,2);
v1: part(p2,1); v1: part(v1,1);
v2: part(p2,2); v2: part(v2,1);
v2T: transpose(v2);
scalar: v1 . v2T;
scalar: ratsimp(scalar);
provides the eigenvalues λ1 = −1, λ2 = 1 with the corresponding (nonnor-
malized) eigenvectors
√ 1 √ 1
v1 = , v2 = .
− 2−1 2−1
The two eigenvectors are orthogonal to each other, i.e. scalar=0.
X := x1 σ1 + x2 σ2 + x3 σ3 , Y := y1 σ1 + y2 σ2 + y3 σ3 .
1
x·y = tr(XY ).
2
(iii) Show that
x2 y3 − x3 y2
i
− [X, Y ] ↔ x × y = x3 y1 − x1 y3 .
2
x1 y2 − x2 y1
Qubits 29
Find AB and AhBi + BhAi − hAihBiI2 and the distance (Frobenius norm)
between the two matrices.
(ii) Let n = 2 and
1 1
A = σ1 , B = σ2 , v = √ .
2 −1
Find AB and AhBi + BhAi − hAihBiI2 and the distance (Frobenius norm)
between the two matrices.
(iii) Consider the case
cos(θ)
A = σ1 , B = σ2 , v = .
sin(θ)
Find AB and AhBi + BhAi − hAihBiI2 and the distance (Frobenius norm)
between the two matrices.
1 1
Π+ = (I2 + σj ), Π− = (I2 − σj )
2 2
(j = 1, 2, 3) are projection matrices. Find the vectors
1 1 1 1
Π+ √ , Π− √ .
2 1 2 1
Problem 9. Let |0i, |1i be an orthonormal basis in C2 and z00 , z01 , z10 ,
z11 be complex numbers. Calculate
Then set
Chapter 2
2.1 Introduction
Let H1 and H2 be two Hilbert spaces and H be a third Hilbert space defined
in terms of H1 and H2 with the following specifications. For each pair of
vectors f1 , f2 in H1 , H2 , respectively, there are vectors in H denoted by
f1 ⊗ f2 and g1 ⊗ g2 , respectively such that
hf1 ⊗ f2 |g1 ⊗ g2 i = hf1 |g1 iH1 hf2 |g2 iH2
where hf1 |g1 i is the scalar product in the Hilbert space H1 . The vector
f1 ⊗ f2 is called the tensor product of the vectors f1 and f2 . The Hilbert
space H consists of the linear combinations of the vectors f1 ⊗ f2 together
with the strong limits of their Cauchy sequences. We term H the tensor
product of H1 and H2 and denote it by H1 ⊗H2 . Given a basis { |φi i : i ∈ I }
in the Hilbert H1 and a basis { |ψj i : j ∈ J } in the Hilbert space H2 we
can construct a basis
{ |φi i ⊗ |ψj i : i ∈ I, j ∈ J }
in the product Hilbert space. The tensor product is associative and dis-
tributive. If Â1 and Â2 are linear operators in H1 and H2 , respectively, we
define the operator Â1 ⊗ Â2 in H1 ⊗ H2 by the formula
(Â1 ⊗ Â2 )(f1 ⊗ f2 ) = (Â1 f1 ) ⊗ (Â2 f2 ) .
31
January 30, 2018 15:21 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 32
Â1 ⊗ Â2 is called the tensor product of Â1 and Â2 . Similarly we can define
the tensor product of n Hilbert spaces.
vj ⊗ vk , (j, k = 1, . . . , n)
2
is an orthonormal basis in Cn .
2) If A, B are normal matrices, then A ⊗ B is a normal matrix.
3) If A, B are hermitian matrices, then A ⊗ B is a hermitian matrix.
4) If A, B are unitary matrices, then A ⊗ B is a unitary matrix.
5) If A, B are projection matrices, then A ⊗ B is a projection matrix.
6) If A, B are nilpotent matrices, then A ⊗ B is a nilpotent matrix.
7) If P1 , P2 are permutation matrices, then P1 ⊗P2 is a permutation matrix.
8) If A and B are invertible, then A ⊗ B is invertible with
(A ⊗ B)−1 ≡ A−1 ⊗ B −1 .
tr(A ⊗ B) = tr(A)tr(B)
and
tr(A ⊗ In + Im ⊗ B) = n tr(A) + m tr(B).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 33
Thus the set { |φ1 i, |φ2 i } forms a basis in C2 (the standard basis). Calcu-
late the vectors in C4
since
(hψj | ⊗ hψk |)(|ψm i ⊗ |ψn i) = δjm δkn
where j, k, m, n = 1, 2.
Wn := W ⊗ W ⊗ · · · ⊗ W (n − times).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 35
Solution 4. We have
Thus
1
W2 (|0i ⊗ |0i) = ((|0i + |1i) ⊗ (|0i + |1i)).
2
Finally
1
W2 (|0i ⊗ |0i) = (|0i ⊗ |0i + |0i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i).
2
W2 generates a linear combination of all states. This also applies to Wn .
with the eigenvalues 1/2 and −1/2 and the corresponding normalized eigen-
vectors
1 1 1 1
e1/2 = √ , e−1/2 = √ .
2 1 2 −1
Do the four vectors
1 1
√ (e1/2 ⊗ e1/2 + e−1/2 ⊗ e−1/2 ), √ (e1/2 ⊗ e1/2 − e−1/2 ⊗ e−1/2 ),
2 2
1 1
√ (e1/2 ⊗ e−1/2 + e−1/2 ⊗ e1/2 ), √ (e1/2 ⊗ e−1/2 − e−1/2 ⊗ e1/2 )
2 2
form a basis in C4 ? Prove or disprove.
Thus
∞
X (A ⊗ In + In ⊗ B)j
exp(A ⊗ In + In ⊗ B) =
j=0
j!
∞ Xj
X 1 j
= (A ⊗ In )k (In ⊗ B)j−k
j=0
j! k
k=0
j
∞ X
X 1 j
= (Ak ⊗ B j−k )
j=0 k=0
j! k
∞ ∞
!
j
X A X Bk
= ⊗
j=0
j! k!
k=0
= exp(A) ⊗ exp(B).
and
eA ⊗ eB = eIn ⊗ eIn 6= eIn2 .
uj ⊗ vk , j = 1, 2, . . . , m k = 1, 2, . . . , n.
hA, Bi := tr(AB ∗ ).
Solution 10. (i) We find hγ0 , γ1 i = tr(γ0 γ1∗ ) = 0. Thus γ0 and γ1 are
orthogonal to each other.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 38
(ii) Since
hU A, U Bi = hA, Bi.
Since
σ1 σ2 = iσ3 , σ2 σ1 = −iσ3 , σ2 σ3 = iσ1 ,
σ3 σ2 = −iσ1 , σ3 σ1 = iσ2 , σ1 σ3 = −iσ2
and σ12 = I2 , σ22 = I2 , σ32 = I2 , we find
3
X 3
X
tj tk σj σk ⊗σj σk ≡ I2 ⊗I2 t2j −2(t1 t2 σ3 ⊗σ3 +t2 t3 σ1 ⊗σ1 +t3 t1 σ2 ⊗σ2 ).
j,k=1 j=1
Therefore
3
X
T 2 = (I2 ⊗ I2 ) 1 + t2j
j=1
Thus
0
1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1
|ψi = √ ⊗ +√ ⊗ = √ .
2 0 1 2 1 0 2 1
0
Now let
1 1 1 1
|0i = √ , |1i = √ .
2 1 2 −1
Then
1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
|ψi = √ ⊗ +√ ⊗ =√ .
2 2 1 −1 2 2 −1 1 2 0
−1
we obtain
p−1
1 X
|ψ(0, 0)i = √ |jiA ⊗ |jiB .
p j=0
Using
we find
p−1
1 X j
|ψ(1, 1)i = √ ω |jiA ⊗ |jB + 1 mod pi.
p j=0
The states |ψ(a, b)i are maximally entangled states in the Hilbert space
HA ⊗ HB .
Problem 15. Consider the Pauli matrices σ1 and σ2 and the GHZ state
1 1 1 1 0 0 0
|ψi = √ ⊗ ⊗ + ⊗ ⊗ .
2 0 0 0 1 1 1
an eigenvector of σ2 ⊗ σ2 ⊗ σ1 ?
Thus
1 1 1 1
(σ2 ⊗ σ2 ⊗ σ1 )|ψi = √ σ2 ⊗ σ2 ⊗ σ1
2 0 0 0
0 0 0
+ σ2 ⊗ σ2 ⊗ σ1
1 1 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 42
[Aj , Bk ] = [Cj ⊗ I2 , I2 ⊗ Dk ] = Cj ⊗ Dk − Cj ⊗ Dk = 04
for all j, k.
H = ~ω(A ⊗ B)
(iii) Assume that [A, B]+ = In . Simplify the Heisenberg equation of motion
using this condition. Give an example for such matrices.
d(B ⊗ A)
i~ = 0n2 .
dt
Thus B ⊗ A is a constant of motion.
(ii) From [A, B]+ = 0n we have AB = −BA. Thus we also have
d(B ⊗ A)
i~ = 0n2
dt
in this case. An example are the Pauli spin matrices. For example, let
A = σ1 and B = σ2 . Then [A, B]+ = 02 . Another example is given by
Fermi operators. They have the matrix representation (j = 1, 2, . . . , N )
1
c†j = σ3 ⊗ · · · ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ+ ⊗ I2 ⊗ · · · ⊗ I2
2
1
cj = σ3 ⊗ · · · ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ− ⊗ I2 · · · ⊗ I2
2
where σ+ and σ− appears in the j-th place and where σ+ := σ1 + iσ2 ,
σ− := σ1 − iσ2 . We have [c†k , cj ]+ = δjk I and [c†k , c†j ]+ = [ck , cj ]+ = 0.
(iii) Since BA = −AB + In we find
d(B ⊗ A)
i~ = ~ω(In ⊗ (AB) − (AB) ⊗ In )(t).
dt
Problem 20. The four Bell states with spin J (J = 1/2, 1, 3/2, 2, . . .) are
given by
2J
1 X
|B1 i = √ |ki ⊗ |ki
2J + 1 k=0
2J
1 X
|B2 i = √ (−1)k |ki ⊗ |ki
2J + 1 k=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 45
2J
1 X
|B3 i = √ |ki ⊗ |2J − ki
2J + 1 k=0
2J
1 X
|B4 i = √ (−1)k |ki ⊗ |2J − ki.
2J + 1 k=0
For J = 1/2 we obtain the standard Bell basis in C4 . Note that for J = 1/2
the four Bell states form an orthonormal basis in C4 . Show that for spin
J = 1 the Bell states are linearly dependent.
where
1 0
|0i = , |1i = .
0 1
Let S, T be 2 × 2 matrices over C
s11 s12 t11 t12
S= , T =
s21 s22 t21 t22
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 46
Show that
d00 d11 − d01 d10 = c00 c11 − c01 c10 . (1)
Owing to (1) the quantity c00 c11 − c01 c10 is called an invariant.
we have
s11 t11 s11 t12 s12 t11 s12 t12
s t s t s t s t
(S⊗T )|ψi = c00 11 21 +c01 11 22 +c10 12 21 +c11 12 22 .
s21 t11 s21 t12 s22 t11 s22 t12
s21 t21 s21 t22 s22 t21 s22 t22
Thus
d00 = c00 s11 t11 + c01 s11 t12 + c10 s12 t11 + c11 s12 t12
d01 = c00 s11 t21 + c01 s11 t22 + c10 s12 t21 + c11 s12 t22
d10 = c00 s21 t11 + c01 s21 t12 + c10 s22 t11 + c11 s22 t12
d11 = c00 s21 t21 + c01 s21 t22 + c10 s22 t21 + c11 s22 t22 .
From det(S) = 1 and det(T ) = 1 it follows that s11 s22 − s12 s21 = 1 and
t11 t22 − t12 t21 = 1. Thus
s11 s22 t11 t22 + s12 s21 t12 t21 − s11 s22 t12 t21 − s12 s21 t11 t22 = 1.
1 1 1 1
I2 ⊗ I2 + σ1 ⊗ σ1 + σ2 ⊗ σ2 + σ3 ⊗ σ3 = A ⊗ B.
2 2 2 2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 47
u ∈ C4 | ∀ A ∈ S : Au = u .
so that α = β. Thus
1 1 1 0
u=α ⊗ +α ⊗ , α ∈ C.
1 0 1 1
N
Problem 23. Let N ≥ 1. Consider the Hilbert space C2 . The (N + 1)
Dicke states are defined by
1
|N/2, ` − N/2i := p (|0i ⊗ · · · ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ · · · ⊗ |1i +permutations)
NC
`
| {z } | {z }
` N −`
where ` = 0, 1, . . . , N and
N
C` = N !/(`!(N − `)!).
Write down the Dicke states for N = 2 and N = 3. Which of the states are
entangled?
Solution 23. For N = 2 we have the three states in the Hilbert space C4
1
|1, −1i = |1i ⊗ |1i, |1, 0i = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |0i), |1, 1i = |0i ⊗ |0i.
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 49
The first and the last states are product states. The second state is a Bell
state and fully entangled. For N = 3 we find the four states in the Hilbert
space C8
3 3
, − i = |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i
2 2
3 1
, − i = √1 (|0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i)
2 2 3
3 1 1
, i = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i + |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i)
2 2 3
3 3
, i = |0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i.
2 2
Obviously the first and last states are product states. The other two states
are entangled.
0 1
1 0
1 0
1 0
1
0
√ = (A ⊗ B ⊗ C) √ ?
3 1 2 0
0 0
0 0
0 1
On the left-hand side we have the W state and on the right-hand side we
have the GHZ state.
etc. Thus the condition yields 8 equations and we have the three constraints
a11 a22 − a12 a21 = 1, b11 b22 − b12 b21 = 1, c11 c22 − c12 c21 = 1.
H = ~ω(1 A ⊗ B + 2 A ⊗ In + 3 Im ⊗ B).
partition function we obtain the Helmholtz free energy, entropy and specific
heat.
(i) Calculate Z(β) for the Hamilton operator given above.
(ii) Consider the special case that n = m = 2 and A, B are any of the Pauli
spin matrices σ1 , σ2 , σ3 .
Xm Xn
= e−β~ω(1 λj µk +2 λj +3 µk ) .
j=1 k=1
where we used the short-cut notation |jki ≡ |ji ⊗ |ki. Calculate Π∗ and
Π2 . What is the use of this operator?
where we used hj|φk i = hφk |ji. Note that for the sum
n−1
X
hφk |jihj|φl i
j=0
Thus the Bell state |ψi is dependent on the chosen basis. However, if
all scalar products hj|φk i are real numbers then |ψi is independent of the
chosen basis.
(ii) We have
n−1 n−1 n−1 n−1
1 XX 1 XX
|ψihψ| = (|ji ⊗ |ji) (hk| ⊗ hk|) = |jihk| ⊗ |jihk|.
n j=0 n j=0
k=0 k=0
n−1 n−1
1 XXX X
= (|jki − |kji)(2δjl δkm − 2δjm δlk )(hlm| − hml|)
16 j=0
j6=k l=0 l6=m
= Π.
Let {|0i, |1i} denote an orthonormal basis in C2 . Find the Schmidt rank
Sch(UCN OT , C2 , C2 ) and Sch(USW AP , C2 , C2 ) where
0 < Sch(UCN OT , C2 , C2 ) ≤ 2.
The operator USW AP has the eigenvalue 1 (three times) with corresponding
orthonormal eigenvectors
1
|00i, |11i, √ (|01i + |10i)
2
and the eigenvalue −1 with corresponding eigenvector √1 (|01i − |10i).
2
Defining
1 1
|φ1 i := √ (|01i + |10i), |φ2 i := √ (|01i − |10i)
2 2
we find that
where {|00i, |φ1 i, |φ2 i, |11i} forms an orthonormal basis in C4 . In this basis
USW AP is the diagonal matrix
1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0
USW AP = .
0 0 −1 0
0 0 0 1
Clearly, the matrices
and Cn respectively, and cjk are complex coefficients. Thus C = (cjk ), with
j = 1, 2, . . . , m2 and k = 1, 2, . . . , n2 is an m2 × n2 matrix. The singular
value decomposition theorem states that the matrix C can be written as
C = U ΣV ∗
where σ1 , σ2 and σ3 are the Pauli spin matrices. Find the operator-Schmidt
decomposition of Z.
(ii) We have
1
USW AP = (I2 ⊗ I2 + σ1 ⊗ σ1 + σ2 ⊗ σ2 + σ3 ⊗ σ3 ).
2
(iii) We have
p h i
Z = (1−p)I2 ⊗I2 +pσ2 ⊗σ2 + p(1 − p) eiπ/4 σ1 ⊗ σ1 + eiπ/4 σ3 ⊗ σ3 .
Programming Problems
v1v1: kronecker_product(v1,v1);
v1v2: kronecker_product(v1,v2);
v2v1: kronecker_product(v2,v1);
v2v2: kronecker_product(v2,v2);
v1v1T: transpose(v1v1);
v1v2T: transpose(v1v2);
v2v1T: transpose(v2v1);
v2v2T: transpose(v2v2);
r4: v1v1T . v2v2T;
provides the orthonormal basis
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 −1 1 1 1 −1
, , , .
2 1 2 1 2 −1 2 −1
1 −1 −1 1
e = Ĥ = S1 ⊗ S1 + S2 ⊗ S2 + S3 ⊗ S3
H
~ω
Ke = Ĥ = S1 ⊗ S2 + S2 ⊗ S3 + S3 ⊗ S1 .
~ω
Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of H
e and K.
e
we find for H
e the eigenvalues
3 1
− (1×), (3×)
4 4
with the corresponding eigenvectors
0 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 0
√ , , √ ,
2 −1 0 2 1 0
0 0 0 1
and for K
e the eigenvalues
3 1
− (1×), (3×)
4 4
with the corresponding eigenvectors
1 1 0
0
1 −1 1 0 1 1 1
, √ , √ , √ 0 .
2 −i 2 0 0
2 2 1 −1
i i −i
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 1 0
B=√
2 0 1 −1 0
1 0 0 −1
These states play a role for the π-mesons. Show that the states
|π + i ⊗ |π + i, |π − i ⊗ |π − i
1 1
√ (|π + i ⊗ |π 0 i + |π 0 i ⊗ |π + i), √ (|π 0 i ⊗ |π − i + |π − i ⊗ |π 0 i)
2 2
1 1
√ (|π + i ⊗ |π 0 i − |π 0 i ⊗ |π + i), √ (|π + i ⊗ |π − i − |π − i ⊗ |π + i),
2 2
1
√ (|π 0 i ⊗ |π − i − |π − i ⊗ |π 0 i)
2
1
√ (2|π 0 i ⊗ |π 0 i + |π + i ⊗ |π − i + |π − i ⊗ |π + i),
6
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 60
1
√ (|π + i ⊗ |π − i + |π − i ⊗ |π + i − |π 0 i ⊗ |π 0 i)
3
form an orthonormal basis in the Hilbert space C9 . Which of these states
are entangled?
v1 ⊗ v2 ⊗ v3 = v3 ⊗ v2 ⊗ v1 .
and
σ2 σ1 = −iσ3 , σ3 σ2 = −iσ1 , σ1 σ3 = −iσ2 .
Show that
[σ1 ⊗ σ1 , σ2 ⊗ σ2 ] = 04
and
[σ1 ⊗ σ1 , σ3 ⊗ σ3 ] = 04 .
Tj := σj ⊗ I2 + I2 ⊗ σj , j = 1, 2, 3.
Calculate
Tj |ψk i, j = 1, 2, 3 k = 1, 2, 3, 4.
Which of these expressions is an eigenvalue equation? Calculate
(A ⊗ In + Im ⊗ B)v = 0 · 0 = 0
det(A ⊗ In + Im ⊗ B) = 0.
Note that
tr(A ⊗ In + Im ⊗ B) = ntr(A) + mtr(B).
Study first the case with m = n = 2 and A and B the Pauli spin matrices.
Problem 12. Given the hermitian matrices of the three dipole operators
0 1 0 0 −i 0 1 0 0
1 1
L1 = √ 1 0 1 , L2 = √ i 0 −i , L3 = 0 0 0
2 0 1 0 2 0 i 0 0 0 −1
Ĥ = ~ω1 (S1 ⊗ S2 ⊗ S3 + S3 ⊗ S1 ⊗ S2 + S2 ⊗ S3 ⊗ S1 )
+~ω2 (S3 ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 + I2 ⊗ S3 ⊗ I2 + I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ S3 ).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 65
Chapter 3
Matrix Properties
3.1 Introduction
For finite-dimensional quantum systems finding the norm, eigenvalues, eigen-
vectors, Schmidt rank and inverse (if it exists) of square matrices is impor-
tant. Let A be an n × n matrix over C. Then we can define the sup-norm
kAk := sup kAxk
kxk=1
65
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 66
A∗ A = AA∗ .
Note that
vj vj∗ , j = 1, . . . , n
are projection matrices, i.e. (vj vj∗ )(vj vj∗ )
= vj vj∗ , (vj vj∗ )∗ = vj vj∗ and
∗ ∗
vj vj = 1 for j = k and vj vk = 0 for j 6= k.
p(λ) = 0.
p(A) = 0n .
where U1 , U2 , U3 , U4 are 2n−1 × 2n−1 unitary matrices and C and S are the
2n−1 × 2n−1 diagonal matrices
Matrix Properties 67
Solution 1. There are two methods to find the norm of Ĥ. In the
first method we use the Lagrange multiplier method where the constraint
kxk = 1 can be written as x21 + x22 + x23 + x24 = 1. Since
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 −1
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0
σ1 ⊗ σ1 = , σ2 ⊗ σ2 =
0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 0 0 −1 0 0 0
we have
0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0
Ĥ = ~ω .
0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0
Let x = (x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 )T ∈ C4 . We maximize
f (x) := kĤxk2 − λ(x21 + x22 + x23 + x24 − 1)
where λ is the Lagrange multiplier. To find the extrema we solve the four
equations
∂f
= 2~2 ω 2 x1 − 2λx1 = 0
∂x1
∂f
= −2λx2 = 0
∂x2
∂f
= −2λx3 = 0
∂x3
∂f
= 2~2 ω 2 x4 − 2λx4 = 0
∂x4
together with the constraint x21 + x22 + x23 + x24 = 1. The four equations can
be written in the matrix form
2 2
~ ω −λ 0 0 0 x1 0
0 −λ 0 0 x2 0
= .
0 0 −λ 0 x3 0
0 0 0 ~2 ω 2 − λ x4 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 68
1 0 0 0
∗ 2 20 0 0 0
Ĥ Ĥ = ~ ω .
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1
1
Qk (t) := hψk |(A(t)B − AB(t) + BA(t) − B(t)A)|ψk i, k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1
2
where
A(t) = eiĤt/~ Ae−iĤt/~ , B(t) = eiĤt/~ Be−iĤt/~ .
Note that Qk (t) is real valued. Find Qk (t) using the properties
n−1
X
eiĤt/~ |ψk i = eiEk t/~ |ψk i, |ψj ihψj | = In .
j=0
Solution 2. Since
n−1
X
hψk |A(t)B|ψk i = ei(Ek −Ej )t/~ hψk |A|ψj ihψj |B|ψk i
j=0
n−1
X
hψk |AB(t)|ψk i = ei(Ej −Ek )t/~ hψk |A|ψj ihψj |B|ψk i
j=0
n−1
X
hψk |BA(t)|ψk i = ei(Ej −Ek )t/~ hψk |B|ψj ihψj |A|ψk i
j=0
n−1
X
hψk |B(t)A|ψk i = ei(Ek −Ej )t/~ hψk |B|ψj ihψj |A|ψk i
j=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 69
Matrix Properties 69
A2 = In , B 2 = In (1)
and
[A, B]+ ≡ AB + BA = 0n (2)
where 0n is the n × n zero matrix. Let x ∈ Cn be normalized, i.e. kxk = 1.
Here x is considered as a column vector.
(i) Show that
(x∗ Ax)2 + (x∗ Bx)2 ≤ 1. (3)
(ii) Give an example for the matrices A and B.
C = aA + bB
C 2 = a2 A2 + abAB + baBA + b2 B 2 .
C 2 = a2 In + b2 In = r2 In .
a = x∗ Ax, b = x∗ Bx
Matrix Properties 71
(v) Apply the result from (ii) and (iii) to the 2 × 2 unitary matrix
cos(θ) −eiφ sin(θ)
V (θ, φ) = .
e−iφ sin(θ) cos(θ)
(iv) The eigenvalues of the matrix U (θ) are eiθ and e−iθ with the corre-
sponding normalized eigenvectors
1 1 1 1
u1 = √ , u2 = √ .
2 i 2 −i
Thus
iθ 1 −i iθ 1 i 0 θ
K(θ) = ln(e iθ
)u1 u∗1 +ln(eiθ )u2 u2 = − = .
2 i 1 2 −i 1 −θ 0
(v) For the matrix V (θ, φ) the eigenvalues are e−iθ and eiθ with the corre-
sponding normalized eigenvectors
1 1 1 1
√ −iφ , √ −iφ .
2 ie 2 −ie
Thus
0 −θeiφ
K(θ, φ) = ln(e−iθ )u1 u∗1 + ln(eiθ )u2 u∗2 = .
θe−iφ 0
A2 = A, B2 = B (1)
and
[A, B]+ ≡ AB + BA = 0n (2)
n
where 0n is the n × n zero matrix. Let x ∈ C be normalized, i.e. kxk = 1.
Here x is considered as a column vector. Show that
Matrix Properties 73
Thus
0 ≤ (x∗ M 2 x) − (x∗ M x)2 or (x∗ M x)2 ≤ (x∗ M 2 x).
Thus for A = M we have using (1)
(x∗ Ax)2 ≤ x∗ Ax
C 2 = a2 A2 + b2 B 2 + abAB + baBA.
Let a := (x∗ Ax), b := (x∗ Bx) then (x∗ Cx) = a2 + b2 = r2 and therefore
(r2 )2 ≤ r2 which implies that r2 ≤ 1 and thus (3) follows.
Show that
1
eA+B = eA eB e− 2 [A,B] (2a)
1
eA+B = eB eA e+ 2 [A,B] . (2b)
Hint. Use the technique of parameter differentiation. Consider the matrix-
valued function
f () = eA eB
where is a real parameter and calculate the derivative df /d.
df
= AeA eB + eA eB B = (A + eA Be−A )f ()
d
df
= ((A + B) + [A, B])f ().
d
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 74
since A + B commutes with [A, B]. If we set = 1 and multiply both sides
by e−[A,B]/2 then (2a) follows. Likewise we can prove the second form of
the identity (2b).
1 0 0 ... 0 c1 −s1
s1 2 0 . . . 0 c2 −s2
s2 s1 3 . . . 0 c3 = −s3 .
. .. .. . . . . .
.. . . . .. .. ..
sn−1 sn−2 . . . s1 n cn −sn
Since
tr(Ak ) = λk1 + λk2 + · · · + λkn = sk
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 75
Matrix Properties 75
0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0
U = .
0 0 0 1
1 0 0 0
Solution 9. Since
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
U2 = , U3 =
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
and U 4 = I4 we find
1 0 0 0 c1 0
0 2 0 0 c2 0
=
0 0 3 0 c3 0
0 0 0 4 c4 −4
we find
+ 1 0 0 1 − 1 0 0 0
eJ = + , eJ = +
0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0
and
(J + +J − ) 1 0 0 1
e = cosh() + sinh().
0 1 1 0
(ii) Since
cosh(r) 0
e2J3 ln(cosh(r)) = ,
0 1/ cosh(r)
1/ cosh(r) + tanh(r) sinh(r) ≡ cosh(r) and using the results from (i) we find
the identity.
Solution 11. Such matrices can be found, namely the permutation matrix
0 1 0 ... 0
0 0 1 ... 0
. . . .
. . . . . ...
U := . . .
0 0 0 ... 1
1 0 0 ... 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 77
Matrix Properties 77
1 0 0 ... 0
0 ω 0 ... 0
0 0 ω2 ... 0
V :=
.
.
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . .
0 0 0 ... ω n−1
0 1 0 ... 0
0 0 1 ... 0
. . . .. ..
U := . . . .
. . . .
0 0 0 ... 1
1 0 0 ... 0
1 0 0 ... 0
0 ω 0 ... 0
0 0 ω2 ... 0
V :=
.
.. .. .. .. ..
. . . .
0 0 0 ... ω n−1
{ U j V k : j, k = 0, 1, 2, . . . , n − 1 }
provide a basis in the Hilbert space for all n × n matrices with the scalar
product
1
hA, Bi := tr(AB ∗ )
n
for n × n matrices A and B. Write down the basis for n = 2.
Matrix Properties 79
xk = (1, ω k , ω 2k , . . . , ω (n−1)k )T
T
where denotes the transpose. If follows that
P xk = (ω k , ω 2k , . . . , ω (n−1)k , 1)T = ω k xk
and
Cxk = f (P )xk = f (ω k )xk .
Thus the vectors xk are the eigenvectors of P and C corresponding to the
respective eigenvalues ω k and f (ω k ), k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1. Since
n−1 n−1
X X 0 j 6= k
hxj , xk i ≡ x∗j xk = ω k` ω j` = ω (j−k)` =
n j=k
`=0 `=0
we find that
1 1 1
√ x0 , √ x1 , . . . , √ xn−1
n n n
is an orthonormal basis in the Hilbert space Cn . Thus we obtain the unitary
matrix
1 1 1 ... 1
1 2 n−1
ω ω ... ω
1 1 ω 2
ω 4
. . . ω 2(n−1)
F =√
n .. .. .. .. ..
. . . . .
n−1 2(n−1) (n−1)(n−1)
1 ω ω ... ω
such that
F ∗ CF = diag(f (ω 0 ), f (ω 1 ), . . . , f (ω n−1 )).
The matrix F is unitary and is called the Fourier matrix.
Note that AAT = nIn and AT A = nIn are equivalent. Hadamard matrices
Hn of order 2n can be generated recursively by defining
1 1 Hn−1 Hn−1
H1 = , Hn =
1 −1 Hn−1 −Hn−1
for n ≥ 2. Show that the eigenvalues of Hn are given by +2n/2 and −2n/2
each of multiplicity 2n−1 .
λI − Hn−1 −Hn−1
det(λI − Hn ) =
−Hn−1 λI + Hn−1
2
= det((λI − Hn−1 )(λI + Hn−1 ) − Hn−1 ).
Thus
U = V diag(1, −1)V ∗
with
1 1 1
V =√ .
2 1 −1
Therefore V = V ∗ . The columns of V are the eigenvectors of U .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 81
Matrix Properties 81
x∗ Ax ≥ 0 for all x ∈ Cn .
T diag(λ1 , . . . , λn ) = diag(λ1 , . . . , λn )T
Hence
1/2 1/2
T diag(λ1 , . . . , λ1/2 1/2
n ) = diag(λ1 , . . . , λn )T.
Since X 2 = In we have
1 1 1 1
ezX = In 1 + z 2 + z 4 + · · · + X z + z 3 + z 5 + · · ·
2! 4! 3! 5!
= In cosh(z) + X sinh(z).
V = exp(i(π/4)σ1 ), W = exp(i(π/4)σ2 ).
Show that
1 1 i 1 1 1
V =√ , W =√ .
2 i 1 2 −1 1
(ii) Let
V = exp(i(π/4)σ1 ), W = exp(i(π/4)σ2 )
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 83
Matrix Properties 83
and
1 1 1 1
W = In cos(π/4) + iσ2 sin(π/4) = √ (I2 + iσ2 ) = √ .
2 2 −1 1
(ii) We have
∗ 1 i 1 i
V σ3 V = √ I2 − √ σ1 σ3 √ I2 + √ σ1
2 2 2 2
1 i i 1
= σ3 + σ3 σ1 − σ1 σ3 + σ1 σ3 σ1
2 2 2 2
= −σ2
and
1 i 1 i
W ∗ σ3 W = √ I2 − √ σ2 σ3 √ I2 + √ σ2
2 2 2 2
1 i i 1
= σ3 + σ3 σ2 − σ2 σ3 + σ2 σ3 σ2
2 2 2 2
= σ1 .
with f ( = 0) = σ1 .
The solution of this second order linear differential equation with constant
coefficients is
f () = C1 cosh(2) + C2 sinh(2).
Inserting the initial values provides
e(iπ/4)σ2 σ1 e−(iπ/4)σ2 = σ3 .
Analogously W ∗ (σ3 ⊗ σ3 )W = σ1 ⊗ σ1 .
Solution 22. (i) Using X 2 = In we find for the first three commutators
Matrix Properties 85
Thus
21 z 2 23 z 4 22 z 3
zX −zX
e Ye =Y 1+ + + · · · + [X, Y ] z + + ···
2! 4! 3!
1 2
23 z 4
2 z
−XY X + + ··· .
2! 4!
Consequently
and X 2 = In we have
In the name SU (2), the S stands for special and refers to the condition
det(A) = 1 and the U stands for unitary and refers to the conditions AA∗ =
A∗ A = I2 . Show that SU (2) can also be defined as
e−iθ a = e−iθ a
for some (x0 , x)T ∈ R4 with |x0 |2 + kxk2 = 1 and some θ ∈ R. Since
we have that det(A) = 1 if and only if eiθ = ±1. If eiθ = −1, we can absorb
the −1 into the vector (x0 , x)T .
SU (N ) := { U : U ∗ U = U U ∗ = In , det(U ) = 1 }.
su(N ) := { X : X ∗ = −X , tr(X) = 0 }.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 87
Matrix Properties 87
The matrices are also orthogonal to each other using the scalar product
given above. For the commutators we find
It follows that
∂f ∂ −βH ∂ ∂ −βH
= HeβH e + eβH e .
∂β ∂j ∂β ∂j
Since
∂ ∂ −βH ∂ ∂ −βH ∂
e = e =− He−βH
∂β ∂j ∂j ∂β ∂j
∂H −βH ∂ −βH
=− e −H e
∂j ∂j
we obtain
∂f ∂H −βH
= −eβH e
∂β ∂j
with the initial value f (0, 1 , . . . , n ) = 0. Integrating provides
Z β
∂H −τ H
f (β, 1 , . . . , n ) = − eτ H e dτ.
0 ∂j
where we used the result from (i) and the cyclic invariance of the trace.
Matrix Properties 89
with a solution
π π 1 π 1
b= √ , a= 3+ √ , c = a − 2b = 3− √ .
2 2 2 2 2 2
Then the matrix K is given by
√ √
π 3 + 1/√ 2 1/ 2√ 3π 1 0 π 1 1 1
K= = + ·√ .
2 1/ 2 3 − 1/ 2 2 0 1 2 2 1 −1
We note that the second matrix on the right-hand side is the Hadamard
gate again.
The left-hand side is called the disentangled form and the right hand side
is called the undisentangled form. Find C2 , C3 , . . . , using the comparison
method. In the comparison method the disentangled and undisentangled
form are expanded in terms of an ordering scalar α and matrix coefficients
of equal powers of α are compared. From
we obtain
∞ ∞
X αk X αr0 +r1 +2r2 +3r3 +... r0 r1 r2 r3
(A + B)k= A B C2 C3 · · ·
k! r0 ,r1 ,r2 ,r3 ,...=0
r0 !r1 !r2 !r3 ! · · ·
k=0
Matrix Properties 91
Solution 27. (i) For α2 we have the decompositions (r0 , r1 , r2 ) = (2, 0, 0),
(1, 1, 0), (0, 2, 0), (0, 0, 1). Thus we obtain
Problem 29. Let σ1 , σ2 , σ3 be the Pauli spin matrices. Does the set of
4 × 4 matrices { I2 ⊗ I2 , σ1 ⊗ σ1 , −σ2 ⊗ σ2 , σ3 ⊗ σ3 } form a group under
matrix multiplication?
The neutral element is I2 ⊗ I2 . Each element is its own inverse. Thus the
set forms a group under matrix multiplication.
Problem 30. The spin matrices for spin-2 particles (for example graviton)
are given by
0 2 √0 0 0
2 √0 6 √0 0
1
J1 = 0 6 √0 6 0,
2
0 0 6 0 2
0 0 0 2 0
0 −2 0 0 0
√
i
2 √0 − 6 0
√ 0
J2 = 0 6 √0 − 6 0 ,
2
0 0 6 0 −2
0 0 0 2 0
2 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0
J3 = 0 0 0 0 0 .
0 0 0 −1 0
0 0 0 0 −2
(i) Show that the matrices are hermitian.
(ii) Find the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of these matrices.
(iii) Calculate the commutation relations.
(iv) Are the matrices unitary?
(ii) The eigenvalues of J1 are −2, 2, −1, 1, 0 with the corresponding nor-
malized eigenvectors
1 1 1
−2 2 −1
1√ 1√ 1
u1 = 6 , u2 = 6 , u3 = 0 ,
4 4 2
2 2 1
1 1 −1
1 1
1 √ 0
1 3 √ √
u4 = 0 , u5 = √ − 2/ 3 .
2 8
−1 0
−1 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 93
Matrix Properties 93
1 1
1
−2i 2i
√ −i
1 1
1− 6
1
u1 = √ , u2 = , u3 = 0 ,
4 − 6 4 −2i 2
−i
2i 1
−1
1 1
1 1
i √ 0
1 3 √ √
u4 = 0 , u5 = √ 2/ 3 .
2 8 0
i
−1 1
The eigenvalues of J3 are 2, 1, 0, −1, −2 with the corresponding eigenvec-
tors (standard basis)
1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0
u1 = 0 , u2 = 0 , u3 = 1 , u4 = 0 , u5 = 0 .
0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 1
(iii) The commutation relations are [J1 , J2 ] = iJ3 , [J2 , J3 ] = iJ1 , [J3 , J1 ] =
iJ2 .
(iv) No the matrices are not unitary. Note that
1
|huj |vk i| = √ for all j, k ∈ { 1, 2, . . . , n }.
n
Solution 31. (i) As the first bases we select the standard basis
1 0
, .
0 1
For the second basis we could select
1 1 1 1
√ , √
2 1 2 −1
or
1 1 1 1
√ , √ .
2 i 2 −i
Applying a unitary matrix to these two sets provide other such sets.
(ii) An example is the standard basis
1 0 0
0, 1, 0
0 0 1
and
√
1 1 −1
√ (−1 + i√3)/2
1 1
√ 1, √ (1 + 3)/2 , √ (−1 − i 3)/2 .
3
1 3 (1 − √3)/2 3 1
Applying a unitary matrix to these two sets provide other such sets.
Matrix Properties 95
Ĥ = ~ω(n · S).
(i) Calculate the Hamilton operator Ĥ. Is the Hamilton operator Ĥ her-
mitian?
(ii) Calculate the trace of Ĥ.
(iii) Find the eigenvalues and normalized eigenvectors of Ĥ.
(iv) Do the eigenvectors form a basis in the Hilbert space C3 ?
(iv) The Hamilton operator is hermitian and the three eigenvalues are dif-
ferent. Thus the normalized eigenvectors form an orthonormal basis in the
Hilbert space C3 .
Problem 34. Consider a complex Hilbert space H and |φ1 i, |φ2 i ∈ H. Let
c1 , c2 ∈ C. An antilinear operator K in this Hilbert space H is characterized
by
K(c1 |φ1 i + c2 |φ2 i) = c∗1 K|φ1 i + c∗2 K|φ2 i.
A comb is an antilinear operator K with zero expectation value for all states
|ψi of a certain complex Hilbert space H. This means
for all states |ψi ∈ H, where L is a linear operator and C is the complex
conjugation.
(i) Consider the two-dimensional Hilbert space H = C2 . Find a unitary
2 × 2 matrix such that hψ|U C|ψi = 0.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 96
ψ1∗
∗ 0 −i
hψ|σ2 C|ψi = hψ|σ2 |ψ i = ( ψ1∗ ψ2∗ ) = 0.
i 0 ψ2∗
(ii) We have
3 X
X 3
hψ|σµ C|ψig µ,ν hψ|σν C|ψi = −hψ|σ0 |ψ ∗ i2 + hψ|σ1 |ψ ∗ i2 + hψ|σ3 |ψ ∗ i2
µ=0 ν=0
= 0.
Matrix Properties 97
and
|ψA i = a11 |1i ⊗ |1i + a12 |1i ⊗ |2i + a21 |2i ⊗ |1i + a22 |2i ⊗ |2i
a11 0 0 0 a11
0 a12 0 0 a12
= + + + = .
0 0 a21 0 a21
0 0 0 a22 a22
(ii) We have
|ψA i = a11 |1i ⊗ |1i + a12 |1i ⊗ |2i + a21 |2i ⊗ |1i + a22 |2i ⊗ |2i
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 −1 1 1 1 −1
= a11 + a12 + a21 + a22
2 1 2 1 2 −1 2 −1
1 −1 −1 1
a11 + a12 + a21 + a22
1 a − a12 + a21 − a22
= 11 .
2 a11 + a12 − a21 − a22
a11 − a12 − a21 + a22
Extend to d = 3 and consider the orthonormal basis
1 0 1
1 1
|1i = √ 0 , |2i = 1 , |3i = √ 0 .
2 1 0 2 −1
Find A and |ψA i. Describe the connection of the map A 7→ |ψA i with the
vec-operator.
Thus we have the Hilbert space C2 . For s = 1 we have the three states
|1, −1i, |1, 0i, |1, 1i and can identify
0 0 1
|1, −1i 7→ 0 , |1, 0i 7→ 1 , |1, 1i 7→ 0 .
1 0 0
A spin coherent state |s, θ, φi for s = 1/2, 1, 3/2, . . . can be given by
s
m=s
X (2s)!
|s, θ, φi = (cos(θ/2))s+m (sin(θ/2))s−m e−imφ |s, mi.
m=−s
(s + m)!(s − m)!
Matrix Properties 99
z3 z5
2
z4
z
exp(zS2 ) = I3 + S2 z + + + · · · + S22 + + ···
3! 5! 2! 4!
= I3 + S2 sinh(z) + S22 (cosh(z) − 1).
Since
1 0 −1
1
S22 = 0 2 0
2
−1 0 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 100
we end up with
√
1 + (cos(ωt) −√1)/2 − sin(ωt)/ 2 (− cos(ωt) +√1)/2
exp(−iωtS2 ) = − sin(ωt)/ 2 cos(ωt)√ − sin(ωt)/ 2 .
(− cos(ωt) + 1)/2 sin(ωt)/ 2 1 + (cos(ωt) − 1)/2
Problem 39. Consider the Hilbert space M2 (C) of all 2 × 2 matrices over
C with scalar product
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 1 0
B=√
2 0 1 −1 0
1 0 0 −1
with
hA, µ0 i = 0, hA, µ1 i = 1, hA, µ2 i = 0, hA, µ3 i = 1.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 101
Hence A = µ1 + µ3 .
(ii) We have the expansion
3 X
X 3
B= hB, µj ⊗ µk i(µj ⊗ µk ).
j=0 k=0
Hence √ √
B= 2µ3 ⊗ µ0 + 2µ1 ⊗ µ1 .
(i) Find such bases for the Hilbert space C2 . Start of with the standard
basis
1 0
u1 = , u2 = .
0 1
(ii) Find such bases for the Hilbert space C3 . Start of with the standard
basis
1 0 0
u1 = 0 , u2 = 1 , u3 = 0 .
0 0 1
(iii) Find such bases for the Hilbert space C4 using the result from C2 and
the Kronecker product.
[A, B]+ ≡ AB + BA = 0n
α = −iωt, A = σ3 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ3
β = −i∆t/~, B = σ1 ⊗ σ1 ⊗ σ1 .
and
(αA + βB)n = (α2 + β 2 )n/2−1 for n odd
Thus we have the expansion
1 2 1 1
eαA+βB = In (1 + (α + β 2 ) + (α2 + β 2 )2 + (α2 + β 2 )3 + · · ·)
2! 4! 6!
1 1
+(αA + βB)(1 + (α2 + β 2 ) + (α2 + β 2 )2 + · · ·).
3! 5!
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 103
(ii) We have
p p it p 2 2
α2 + β 2 = −ω 2 t2 − ∆2 t2 /~2 = ~ ω + ∆2 .
~
√
We set E := ~2 ω 2 + ∆2 . It follows that
αA + βB ~ωA + ∆B −~ω/E −∆/E
=− = .
2
α +β 2 E −∆/E ~ω
Thus
αA + βB p −i sin(Et/~)~ω −i sin(Et/~)∆/E
sinh( α2 + β 2 ) =
−i sin(Et/~)∆/E i sin(Et/~)~ω
p
α2 + β 2
and
αA+βB cos(Et/~) − i sin(Et/~)~ω/E −i sin(Et/~)∆/E
e = .
−i sin(Et/~)∆/E cos(Et/~) + i sin(Et/~)~ω/E
Let
P = In − vj vj∗ − vk vk∗ + vj vk∗ + vk vj∗ , j 6= k.
(i) What is the condition on the eigenvalues of H such that P HP ∗ = H.
(ii) Find P 2 .
Solution 42. (i) Note that P is hermitian. Utilizing v`∗ vj = δ`j we find
by straightforward calculation
n
X
P HP ∗ = λ` v` v`∗ + (λk − λj )vj vj∗ + (λj − λk )vk vk∗ .
`=1
Thus λj = λk .
(ii) We obtain P 2 = In .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 104
Problem 43. Consider the orthogonal group O(n, R) ⊂ Rn×n with the
linear product (v, w ∈ O(n, R))
hv, wi := tr(v T w).
The orthogonal projection Π(g) : Rn×n → Tg O(n) is given by
1
Π(g)v := (v − gv T g).
2
(i) Let n = 2 and
0 1 a b
g= , v= .
1 0 c d
Find the orthogonal projection.
(ii) Let n = 2 and
0 1 a b
g= , v= .
1 0 c d
Find the orthogonal projection.
The (E−) eigenvector of T are the fixed points (up to scaling) of this
operator
T vm−1 = λv where v 6= 0.
Let m = 3, n = 2 with t122 = 1, t211 = 1 and all other entries are 0. Solve
the eigenvalue problem.
Since
3
3 X 3 3
X ∂ XX ∂
(curlF)j = jk` F` = − kj` F`
∂xk ∂xk
k=1 `=1 k=1 `=1
we can write
3 X
3
X ∂ i ∂Fj
−i (−ikj` ) F` = .
∂xk c ∂t
k=1 `=1
Introducing the differential operator
∂
p̂k := −i
∂xk
we find
3 X
3
X i ∂F`
− p̂k ikj` F` = .
j=1 k=1
c ∂t
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 106
For fixed k, −ikj` is a 3 × 3 matrix, Sk(j,`) . The equation for F then takes
the form !
3
X i ∂F
p̂k Sk F = (p̂ · S)F = .
c ∂t
k=1
Using the definition of jk` , we obtain the representation for the 3×3
matrices
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 −1 0
S1 = i 0 0 −1 , S2 = i 0 0 0 , S3 = i 1 0 0.
0 1 0 −1 0 0 0 0 0
Programming Problems
H = (σ1 ⊗ σ1 + σ2 ⊗ σ2 + σ3 ⊗ σ3 ) ⊗ σ1 .
eigenvectors(H);
D: matrix([0,-1,0,2],[-1,0,2,0],[0,2,0,-1],[2,0,-1,0]);
eigenvectors(D);
1 1 1 1
−1 1 1 −1
, , , .
1 1 −1 −1
−1 1 −1 1
e = (Q ⊗ Q)X(Q ⊗ Q)−1
X
1 0 0 1
(1 + i) 0 1 1 0
X=
2 0 −1 1 0
−1 0 0 1
/* YBBell.mac */
I2: matrix([1,0],[0,1]);
X: ((1+%i)/2)*matrix([1,0,0,1],[0,1,1,0],[0,-1,1,0],[-1,0,0,1]);
T1: kronecker_product(X,I2);
T2: kronecker_product(I2,X);
F: (T1 . T2 . T1) - (T2 . T1 . T2);
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 108
A = I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ σ1 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ3
B = I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ σ2 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ3
C = σ3 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ3 .
Find A2 , B 2 , C 2 , [A, B], [B, C], [C, A], [A, B]+ , [B, C]+ , [C, A]+ .
Let
0 0 1
A = 0 1 0
1 0 0
with the spectrum +1 (twice) and −1. Find exp(A) applying the Cauchy
integral formula.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 109
where C is the contour in the complex λ plane which encloses all eigenvalues
of the matrix A. Let
0 1
A= .
0 0
Calculate the right-hand side.
1 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
x1 = √ , x2 = √ , x3 = √ , x4 = √ .
2 0 2 0 2 1 2 −1
1 −1 0 0
1 1
(I2 + σj ), (I2 − σj ), j = 1, 2, 3
2 2
are projection matrices.
(ii) Show that the matrices
1 1
(I4 + σj ⊗ σk ), (I4 − σj ⊗ σk ), j, k = 1, 2, 3
2 2
are projection matrices.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 110
Find the permutation matrices in this set such that Pj APjT = A. Find the
permutation matrices in this set such that Pj BPjT = B.
0 0 ... 1
1 0 ... 0
D = diag(1 ω · · · ω n−1 ), Γ =
... . . . ... 0 .
0 ... 1 0
G = (vjT vk ), j, k = 1, 2, 3, 4
eA ⊗ eB = eA⊗B .
with the commutator [E12 , E21 ] = E11 − E22 . Let θ ∈ R. Show that
Show that
2S 1/2
1 X (2S)!
hµ| = (µ∗ )p hp|.
(1 + |µ|2 )S p=0 p!(2S − p)!
d2 µ
Z
1 + 2S
2 2
|µihµ| = I2S+1
π C (1 + |µ| )
(1 + ν ∗ µ)2S
hν|µi = .
(1 + |ν|2 )S (1 + |µ|2 )S
Problem 21. Let s = 1/2, 1, 3/2, 2, . . . be the spin and let m = −s, −s +
1, . . . , s − 1, s. The simple Lie algebra su(2) has generators {S3 , S+ , S− }
with commutation relations
H1 = ~ω(S1 ⊗ S1 + S2 ⊗ S2 + S3 ⊗ S3 )
H2 = ~ω(S1 ⊗ S2 + S2 ⊗ S3 + S3 ⊗ S1 )
with the basis
0 1
1 1 1 0
|ψ3 i = √ , |ψ4 i = √
2 −1 0
2
0 −1
and the Pauli spin matrices σ1 , σ2 , σ3 . Find
Problem 25. Let c†1 , c†2 , c1 , c2 be Fermi creation and annihilation oper-
ators, respectively. Let α ∈ R. Show that
Chapter 4
Density Operators
4.1 Introduction
A density operator ρ or density matrix is a positive semidefinite operator on
a Hilbert space with unit trace. An operator is positive semidefinite if it is
hermitian and none of its (necessarily real) eigenvalues are less than zero.
The state of a quantum-mechanical system is characterized by a density
operator ρ with tr(ρ) = 1. The expectation value of an observable  (self-
adjoint operator, hermitian matrix), determined in an experiment as the
average value hÂi is given by
hÂi := tr(Âρ).
ρ2 = |ψihψ|ψihψ| = |ψihψ| = ρ.
115
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 116
where pj ≥ 0 for j = 1, 2, . . . , n,
n
X
pj = 1 and hψj |ψk i = δjk .
j=1
MM∗
ρ=
tr(M M ∗ )
is a density matrix.
If ρ1 and ρ2 are density matrices, then ρ1 ⊗ ρ2 , ρ1 ⊕ ρ2 are density matrices.
If ρ1 , ρ2 are pure states, then ρ1 ⊗ ρ2 and ρ1 ⊕ ρ2 are pure states.
If ρ is an n×n density matrix and U is an n×n unitary matrix (U −1 = U ∗ ),
then U ρU ∗ is a density matrix.
The eigenvalues of an n × n density matrix which is a pure state are 1 and
0 (n − 1 times), since ρ2 = ρ, tr(ρ) = 1 and ρ∗ = ρ.
Consider a quantum system of spin-1/2 particles. The density matrix de-
scribing the spin degree of freedom is a 2 × 2 matrix which can be written
as
1 1
ρ(n) = (I2 + n · σ) ≡ (I2 + n1 σ1 + n2 σ2 + n3 σ3 )
2 2
where σ1 , σ2 , σ3 denote the Pauli spin matrices and |n| ≤ 1. For |n| = 1
the density matrix describes a pure state, whereas for |n| < 1 one has a
mixed state. The density matrix ρ is thus uniquely determined by a point
of the unit sphere |n| ≤ 1.
The variance of an observable  and a density operator ρ in a Hilbert space
H is defined as
V (ρ, Â) := tr(ρÂ2 ) − (tr(ρÂ))2 .
Problem 2. Let
cos(θ)
|ψi = , θ, φ ∈ R.
eiφ sin(θ)
Solution 4. We have
1 1
tr((n · σ)ρ) = tr (n · σ) (I2 + r · σ) = tr(n · σ + (n · σ)(r · σ))
2 2
3
1 1 X
= tr((n · σ)(r · σ)) = tr ni rj σi σj
2 2 i,j=1
3
! 3
1 X X
= tr ni ri I2 = ni ri = n · r.
2 i=1 i=1
Then
1 0 0 0
AA∗ = , A∗ A = .
0 0 0 1
Thus AA∗ 6= A∗ A. However, we have tr(AA∗ ) = tr(A∗ A).
(iv) From (iii) it follows that in general we have ρ 6= σ.
(iv) We obtain
1
tr(σ1 ρ) = √ cos(φ).
2
Let
1/2 0 3/4 0
ρ1 = , ρ2 = .
0 1/2 0 1/4
Calculate the Bures distance DB (ρ1 , ρ2 ).
(iii) Let ρ, σ be two density operators acting in the same finite dimensional
Hilbert space. The trace distance between ρ and σ is defined as
1 p ∗
D(ρ, σ) := tr( (ρ − σ ∗ )(ρ − σ)).
2
Let
1/2 0 0 1/2 1/2 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ρ= , σ= .
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1/2 0 0 1/2 0 0 0 1/2
Find the trace distance.
we find s √ √
2 2− 3−1
DB (ρ1 , ρ2 ) = √ .
2
(iii) We have
0 0 0 1/2
0 0 0 0
ρ−σ = .
0 0 0 0
1/2 0 0 0
Thus
1/4 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
(ρ∗ − σ ∗ )(ρ − σ) = .
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1/4
It follows that D(ρ, σ) = 1/2.
where the pure states |ψj i are normalized (i.e. hψj |ψj i = 1), and pj ≥ 0
for j = 1, 2, . . . , n with p1 + p2 + · · · + pn = 1.
(i) Find the probability that measurement in the orthonormal basis
{ |k1 i, . . . , |kn i}
Solution 10. (i) From the probability distribution of states in the mix-
ture we have for the probability P (kj ) of measuring the state |kj i (j =
1, 2, . . . , n)
n
X n
X
P (kj ) = pl |hkj |ψl i|2 = pl hkj |ψl ihψl |kj i = hkj |ρ|kj i.
l=1 l=1
(ii) After applying the transform U to the states in the mixture we have
the new mixture { (p1 , U |ψ1 i), . . . , (pn , U |ψn i) }, with the density matrix
Xn Xn
∗
ρU = pj U |ψj ihψj |U = U pj |ψj ihψj | U ∗ = U ρU ∗ .
j=1 j=1
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
has the density matrix
1 0 0 1
1 0 0 0 0
ρ= .
2 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
(1 − x)/4 0 0 0
0 (1 + x)/4 −x/2 0
ρW =
0 −x/2 (1 + x)/4 0
0 0 0 (1 − x)/4
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 123
where x ∈ [0, 1]. Show that ρW can also be written as linear combination
of the operators given in (i).
where σ0 = I2 .
(i) What is condition on the expansion coefficients if we impose ρ∗ = ρ?
(ii) What is the condition on the expansion coefficients if we impose tr(ρ) =
1?
(iii) Calculate tr(ρσk0 ⊗ σk1 ⊗ · · · ⊗ σkN −1 ).
Solution 12. (i) Since σ1 = σ1∗ , σ2 = σ2∗ , σ3 = σ3∗ and I2 = I2∗ we find
that the expansion coefficients are real.
(ii) Since tr(A ⊗ B) = tr(A)tr(B) for square matrices A and B and
tr(σ1 ) = tr(σ2 ) = tr(σ3 ) = 0, tr(I2 ) = 2
we find c00...0 = 1.
(iii) Since tr(σ1 σ2 ) = 0, tr(σ2 σ3 ) = 0, tr(σ3 σ1 ) = 0 we find
tr(ρσk0 ⊗ σk1 ⊗ · · · ⊗ σkN −1 ) = ck0 k1 ...kN −1 .
Problem 13. Let A and B be a pair of qubits and let the density matrix
of the pair be ρAB , which may be pure or mixed. We define the spin flipped
density matrix to be
ρeAB := (σ2 ⊗ σ2 )ρ∗AB (σ2 ⊗ σ2 )
where the asterisk denotes complex conjugation and transpose in the stan-
dard basis
{ |0i ⊗ |0i, |0i ⊗ |1i, |1i ⊗ |0i, |1i ⊗ |1i }
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 124
and
0 −i
σ2 = .
i 0
Since both ρAB and ρeAB are positive operators, it follows that the prod-
uct ρAB ρeAB , though non-hermitian, also has only real and non-negative
eigenvalues. Consider the Bell state
1
|ψi := √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
and ρ := |ψihψ|. Find the eigenvalues of ρAB ρeAB .
such that
4 1 1 for j = k
aTj ak = δjk − = .
3 3 −1/3 for j 6= k
We have
4 4
X 3X
aj = 0, aj aTj = I3 .
j=1
4 j=1
Such a quartet of vectors consists of the vectors pointing from the center
of a cube to nonadjacent corners. These four vectors can be viewed as
the normal vectors for the faces of the tetrahedron that is defined by the
other four corners of the cube. Owing to the conditions the four vectors are
normalized. Each such quartets of aj ’s defines a positive operator-valued
measure for minimal four-state tomography owing to
4
X 1
Pj = I 2 , Pj := (I2 + aj · σ) .
j=1
4
Problem 15. Let |0i, |1i be the standard basis in C2 . Consider the
mixed states
1 3 4 1 3 4
|0i + |1i + |0i − |1i
2 5 5 2 5 5
and
9 16
{ |0i } + { |1i }.
25 25
Find the density matrices. Discuss.
a1 ≥ a2 ≥ · · · ≥ an
µ1 ≥ µ2 ≥ · · · ≥ µn
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 127
Thus
n
X n
X
|νj | = |D1 − D2 | ≥ |D10 − D20 | = |qj |.
j=1 j=1
where the nonzero components of the completely symmetric tensor djk` are
1 1
d118 = d228 = d338 = −d888 = √ , d448 = d558 = d668 = d778 = − √
3 2 3
1
d146 = d157 = −d247 = d256 = d344 = d355 = −d366 = −d377 = .
2
(ii) The conditions for a density matrix ρ of a pure state are
ρ∗ = ρ, ρ2 = ρ, tr(ρ) = 1.
n = n, nT n = 1, n?n=n
where
8
√ X
(a ? b)j := 3 djk` ak b` .
k,`=1
Solution 19. We begin with the Schmidt decomposition of |Ψi over the
Hilbert space C2 ⊗ C2
Sch(|Ψi,C2 ,C2 )
X p
|Ψi = λj |ψj i ⊗ |φj i
j=1
where λ1 and λ2 are the eigenvalues of ρ and |ψ1 i and |ψ2 i are the cor-
responding orthonormal eigenvectors of ρ. The states |φ1 i and |φ2 i in C2
are also orthonormal. The eigenvalues and eigenvectors of ρ are given by
λ1 = λ2 = 1/2 and
1 0
|ψ1 i = , |ψ2 i = .
0 1
Thus the spectral decomposition of ρ is given by
1 1 1 0
ρ= (1 0) + (0 1).
2 0 2 1
Hence
1 1 1 0
|Ψi = √ ⊗ |φ1 i + √ ⊗ |φ2 i
2 0 2 1
where hφ1 |φ1 i = hφ2 |φ2 i = 1 and hφ1 |φ2 i = hφ2 |φ1 i = 0. Thus we could
take |Ψi as one of the Bell states
1 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
√ , √ , √ , √
2 0 0 2 1 2 −1
2
1 −1 0 0
but not a product state.
(1)
Problem 21. Let ρj (j = 1, 2, . . . , n) be density matrices in a finite-
(2)
dimensional Hilbert space H1 . Let ρj (j = 1, 2, . . . , n) be density matrices
in a finite-dimensional Hilbert space H2 . Show that the convex combination
n n
(1) (2)
X X
ρ= λj ρj ⊗ ρj , λj ≥ 0, λj = 1
j=1 j=1
hσ(t)i := tr(σρ(t))
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 133
hσ1 (t)i = tr(σ1 ρ(t)), hσ2 (t)i = tr(σ2 ρ(t)), hσ3 (t)i = tr(σ3 ρ(t)).
It follows that the Bloch vector n(t) pertaining to ρ(t) is related to the spin
vector as follows
n(t) = hσ(t)i
or, written in components
d γ
n(t) = n(t) × B(t)
dt ~
where × denotes the vector product.
Now
ρ(t) = e−iĤt/~ ρ(0)eiĤt/~ = e−iωtσ1 ρ(0)eiωtσ1 .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 134
Since
cos(ωt) i sin(ωt)
eiĤt/~ = eiωtσ1 =
i sin(ωt) cos(ωt)
it follows that
e−iφ cos(θ) sin(θ)
∗ cos2 (θ)
ρ(t) = U (t) U (t)
iφ
e cos(θ) sin(θ) sin2 (θ)
where
cos(ωt) i sin(ωt)
U (t) = .
i sin(ωt) cos(ωt)
Solution 25. (i) Note that σ22 = I2 , σ23 = σ2 , σ24 = I2 . The density
matrix is
1− 0
ρ= , ∈ [0, 1].
0
(ii) The 2×2 matrices I2 , σ1 , σ2 , σ3 form an orthogonal basis in the Hilbert
space of the 2 × 2 matrices with scalar product hX, Y i = tr(XY ∗ ). The
density matrix is
1/2 −1/2
ρ= .
−1/2 1/2
Problem 26. Let |0i, |1i be the standard basis in C2 . Consider the
entangled state
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 135
with the density matrix ρ = |ψihψ|. Find the reduced density matrix ρ1 .
Discuss.
Problem 27. Consider a mixture of 25% of the pure state (1, 0)T , 25%
of the pure state (0, 1)T and 50% of the pure state √12 (1, 1)T described by
the density matrix
1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1
ρ= (1 0) + (0 1) + √ √ (1 1).
4 0 4 1 2 2 1 2
with the eigenvalues λ1 = 3/4 and λ2 = 1/4 with the corresponding nor-
malized eigenvectors
1 1 1 1
v1 = √ , v2 = √ .
2 1 2 −1
Show that the uncertainty relation becomes an equality for the given ρ, H
and K.
Programming Problems
The matrix
√ is a density
√ matrix and a mixed state. The two eigenvalues are
(2 + 3)/4, (2 − 3)/4. We find tr(σ1 ρ) = √12 cos(φ).
we obtain
r 1+r
A=
1+r r
with r an arbitrary real constant.
µ(ρ) = tr(ρuu∗ )
eiφ eiφ
1 0 1 0
u1 = √ , u2 = √ ,
2 0 2 0
eiφ −eiφ
0 0
1 eiφ 1 eiφ
u3 = √ iφ , u4 = √ iφ
2 e 2 −e
0 0
and the density matrix
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
ρ= .
4 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
we find for (i) µ(u1 ) = 2/3, µ(u2 ) = 1/3, µ(u3 ) = 0 and for (ii) we find
µ(u1 ) = 1/2, µ(u2 ) = 1/2, µ(u3 ) = 1/2, µ(u4 ) = 1/2.
a density matrix?
Chapter 5
5.1 Introduction
Let H be the finite dimensional Hilbert space Cn with an orthonormal basis
{ |φj i : j = 1, 2, . . . , n }. Let A be a linear operator (n × n matrix) acting
in this Hilbert space. Then the trace of A is defined as
n
X
tr(A) := hφj |A|φj i .
j=1
The trace is independent of the chosen orthonormal basis. For the trace we
have cyclic invariance. Let A, B, C be n × n matrices over C. Then
tr(AB) = tr(BA)
and (cyclic invariance)
tr(ABC) = tr(CAB) = tr(BCA).
The trace of an n × n matrix A is the sum of the eigenvalues counting
multiplicities. The eigenvalues of A can be reconstructed from
tr(A) = λ1 + λ2 + · · · + λn
tr(A2 ) = λ21 + λ22 + · · · + λ2n
..
.
tr(An ) = λn1 + λn2 + · · · + λnn .
141
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 142
and
NA
X
ρB := trA (ρAB ) ≡ (hψj | ⊗ IB )ρAB (|ψj i ⊗ IB i)
j=1
where IA is the identity operator in HA , IB is the identity operator in HB
and
|φj i, (j = 1, 2, . . . , NB )
is an orthonormal basis in HB and
|ψj i, (j = 1, 2, . . . , NA )
is an orthonormal basis in HA . For example we could select the standard
bases in the two finite dimensional Hilbert spaces HA and HB .
n × n matrix
Λjk := cjk , j, k = 0, 1, . . . , n − 1.
Then we have (prove it)
ρA = trB (ρ) = trB (|ψihψ|) = ΛΛ† .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 143
Solution 3. We have
1
hψ| = √ ( 0 1 −1 0).
2
Thus
0 0 0 0
1 0 1 −1 0
ρ= .
2 0 −1 1 0
0 0 0 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 144
(ii) Since
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 1 0
I2 ⊗ = , I2 ⊗ =
0 0 1 1 0 0
0 0 0 1
we find
tr (trA (|uihu|)) = tr (trB (|uihu|)) , det (trA (|uihu|)) = det (trB (|uihu|)) .
Find the partial trace trC3 (|uihu|), where the basis is given by
1 0 0
0 ⊗ I3 , 1 ⊗ I3 , 0 ⊗ I3
0 0 1
Solution 5. We have
1 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
0 ⊗ I3 =
0 0 0,
1 ⊗ I3 =
0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
and
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 ⊗ I3 =
0 0 0.
1 0 0 0
1 0 0
0 1 0
0 0 1
The respective transposes of the above matrices are given by
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
(1 0 0) ⊗ I3 = 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
(0 1 0) ⊗ I3 = 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
(0 0 1) ⊗ I3 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Taking this basis we find
trA (|uihu|) =
u1 ū1 + u4 ū4 + u7 ū7 u1 ū2 + u4 ū5 + u7 ū8 u1 ū3 + u4 ū6 + u7 ū9
u2 ū1 + u5 ū4 + u8 ū7 u2 ū2 + u5 ū5 + u8 ū8 u2 ū3 + u5 ū6 + u8 ū9 .
u3 ū1 + u6 ū4 + u9 ū7 u3 ū2 + u6 ū5 + u9 ū8 u3 ū3 + u6 ū6 + u9 ū9
√
Solution 6. (i) Since c00 = c11 = 1/ 2, c01 = c10 = 0, we find the matrix
!
√1 0
2
Λ= .
0 √1
2
For the other three Bell states we find the same result.
(ii) We have
where q and p take integer values from 0 to d − 1 and δm,u denotes the
Kronecker delta. The arithmetic in the subscript is modulo N arithmetic,
i.e. 2q mod d and (r + s) mod d. The (p, q) pairs constitute the discrete
phase space. For a state described by the density matrix ρ the discrete
Wigner function is defined as
1
W (p, q) := tr(ρÂ).
d
Let ρ = |0ih0|. Calculate W (p, q).
and
d−1 X
d−1
X 2π
Â2 (q2 , p2 ) := δ2q2 ,r+s exp i p2 (r − s) |rihs|.
r=0 s=0
d
Wigner functions describing a subsystem are obtained by summing the joint
Wigner functions in the corresponding set of the respective variables, e.g.
d−1 X
X d−1
W (q1 , p1 ) = W (q1 , p1 , q2 , p2 )
q2 =0 p2 =0
d−1 X
X d−1
W (q2 , p2 ) = W (q1 , p1 , q2 , p2 ).
q1 =0 p1 =0
The Wigner function given above shows the connection with the EPR state
for continuous-variable teleportation
δ(q1 − q2 ) ⊗ δ(p1 + p2 )
n
X
tr2m,n (C) = Im ⊗ b∗n,k C (Im ⊗ bn,k )
k=1
trmn (C) = trn tr1m,n (C) trmn (C) = trm tr2m,n (C) .
and
0 1 1 0
0 1 1 2 2 1 0 0 1
tr12,2 ⊗ and tr2,2 .
1 0 3 4 1 0 0 −1
0 1 −1 0
where we require
m
X m
X
b∗m,j bm,k = b∗m,j φu φ∗u φ∗v bm,k φv = b∗m,j φu φ∗v bm,k (φ∗u φv )
u,v=1 u,v=1
Xm
= φ∗u bm,k b∗m,j φu = δj,k
u=1
(ii) We have
n m
!
X X
trn tr1m,n (C) b∗n,j (b∗m,k
= ⊗ In )C(bm,k ⊗ In ) bn,j
j=1 k=1
Xn Xm
= (I1 ⊗ b∗n,j )(b∗m,k ⊗ In )C(bm,k ⊗ In )(I1 ⊗ bn,j )
j=1 k=1
n X
X m
= (b∗m,k ⊗ b∗n,j )C(bm,k ⊗ bn,j )
j=1 k=1
= trmn (C)
where the last equivalence follows from taking the trace of C using the basis
{ bm,j ⊗ bn,k : j ∈ {1, 2, . . . , m} k ∈ {1, 2, . . . , n} }.
The result trmn (C) = trm tr2m,n (C) follows similarly.
and
0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1 0 2
tr22,2 = .
1 0 0 −1 2 0
0 1 −1 0
Problem 10. Consider the GHZ state in the Hilbert space C8 (C8 ∼
=
C2 ⊗ C2 ⊗ C2 )
1 1 1 1 0 0 0
|GHZi = √ ⊗ ⊗ + ⊗ ⊗ .
2 0 0 0 1 1 1
Then the density matrix is given by the 8 × 8 matrix
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ρ = |GHZihGHZ| = .
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(i) Calculate the partial trace ρAB = trC (ρ) with the basis
1 0
I4 ⊗ , I4 ⊗ .
0 1
(ii) Calculate the partial trace ρA = trB (ρAB ) with the basis
1 0
I2 ⊗ , I2 ⊗ .
0 1
(ii) We find
ρA = trB (ρAB )
∗ ∗
1 1 0 0
= I2 ⊗ ρAB I2 ⊗ + I2 ⊗ ρAB I2 ⊗
0 0 1 1
1 1 0 1 0 0
= +
2 0 0 2 0 1
1 1 0
= .
2 0 1
Programming Problems
/* partialtrace.mac */
load("nchrpl");
A: matrix([a11,a12,a13,a14,a15,a16],[a21,a22,a23,a24,a25,a26],
[a31,a32,a33,a34,a35,a36],[a41,a42,a43,a44,a45,a46],
[a51,a52,a53,a54,a55,a46],[a61,a62,a63,a64,a65,a66]);
I2: matrix([1,0],[0,1]);
I3: matrix([1,0,0],[0,1,0],[0,0,1]);
v1: matrix([1],[0]); v2: matrix([0],[1]);
u1: matrix([1],[0],[0]); u2: matrix([0],[1],[0]);
u3: matrix([0],[0],[1]);
b1: kronecker_product(v1,I3); b1T: transpose(b1);
b2: kronecker_product(v2,I3); b2T: transpose(b2);
ptrA1: b1T . A . b1 + b2T . A . b2;
c1: kronecker_product(u1,I2); c1T: transpose(c1);
c2: kronecker_product(u2,I2); c2T: transpose(c2);
c3: kronecker_product(u3,I2); c3T: transpose(c3);
ptrA2: c1T . A . c1 + c2T . A. c2 + c3T . A. c3;
then there exists a unitary matrix U acting in the Hilbert space H2 such
that
|ψi = (In1 ⊗ U )|φi
where In1 is the identity matrix in the Hilbert space H1 .
v = (In1 ⊗ U )u.
Chapter 6
6.1 Introduction
A truth table (or function table) is a tabular description of a combinational
circuit (such as an AND gate, OR gate, NAND gate) listing all possible
states of the input variables together with a statement of the output vari-
able(s) for each of those possible states. The truth table for the AND gate,
OR gate, XOR gate and NOT gate are
AND OR XOR
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NOT
0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
The NAND gate is an AND gate followed by a NOT gate. The NOR gate
is an OR gate followed by a NOT gate. Both are universal gates, i.e. all
other gates can be built from these gates.
A boolean function f on n variables is a mapping {0, 1}n into {0, 1}. Let
xj ∈ {0, 1} for j = 1, . . . , n. We set x = (x1 , x2 , . . . , xn ). In the following
· denotes the AND operation, + denotes the OR operation, ⊕ the XOR
155
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 156
operation and is the NOT operation. For n = 1 we have the four boolean
functions
Reversible gates are gates that function in both directions. CMOS imple-
mentations of such gates have been designed. A special pass transistor
logic family has been applied: reversible MOS. Many different reversible
logic gates are candidates as universal building blocks. The Feynman gate,
the controlled NOT gate, the Fredkin gate can be implemented. They dis-
sipate very little energy. Owing to their use of reversible truth tables, they
are even candidates for zero-power computing. Circuit synthesis takes ad-
vantage of mathematical group theory. Algorithms have been developed
for the synthesis of arbitrary reversible circuits. A reversible logic gate has
a corresponding quantum version, whose properties are completely defined
by the truth table for the classical version.
x01 = x1 , x02 = x1 ⊕ x2 .
x1 x2 x01 x02
0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1
1 0 1 1
1 1 1 0
x01 ⊕ x02 = x1 ⊕ x1 ⊕ x2 = 0 ⊕ x2 = x2 .
From the truth table we see that the transformation is invertible, i.e. we
have a 1 − 1 map. The inverse transformation is given by
From the truth table we see that the map is invertible, i.e. we have a 1-1
map. The inverse transformation is given by
x1 = x01
x2 = x01 ⊕ x02
x3 = x03 ⊕ (x01 · (x01 ⊕ x02 ))
Solution 4. The inverse exists iff (a11 · a22 ) ⊕ (a12 · a21 ) = 1. The inverse
is given by
a22 a12
a21 a11
since
a11 a12 a22 a12
=
a21 a22 a21 a11
(a11 · a22 ) ⊕ (a12 · a21 ) (a11 · a12 ) ⊕ (a12 · a11 )
.
(a21 · a22 ) ⊕ (a22 · a21 ) (a21 · a12 ) ⊕ (a11 · a22 )
Problem 5. Consider a two input gate (x, y) / two output gate (x0 , y 0 )
given by
x0 = a · x ⊕ b · y ⊕ c, y 0 = a0 · x ⊕ b0 · y ⊕ c0
where a, b, a0 , b0 , c, c0 ∈ { 0, 1 }.
(i) Let a = 0, b = 1, a0 = 1, b0 = 0 and c = c0 = 0. Find the output (x0 , y 0 )
for all possible inputs (x, y). Is the transformation invertible?
(ii) Let a = 1, b = 1, a0 = 1, b0 = 1 and c = c0 = 0. Find the output (x0 , y 0 )
for all possible inputs (x, y). Is the transformation invertible?
x0 = 0 · x ⊕ 1 · y ⊕ 0, y 0 = 1 · x ⊕ 0 · y ⊕ 0.
Thus
x0 = 0 ⊕ y ⊕ 0 = y, y 0 = x ⊕ 0 ⊕ 0 = x.
The truth table follows as
x y x0 y0
0 0 0 0
0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1
1 1 1 1
x0 = 1 · x ⊕ 1 · y ⊕ 0, y 0 = 1 · x ⊕ 1 · y ⊕ 0.
Thus
x0 = x ⊕ y ⊕ 0 = x ⊕ y, y 0 = x ⊕ y ⊕ 0 = x ⊕ y.
The truth table follows as
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 160
x y x0 y0
0 0 0 0
0 1 1 1
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 0
Thus the TOFFOLI and FREDKIN gates are each universal and reversible
(invertible).
Solution 6. (1) We have N OT (a) = BIT 3(T (a, a, 1)), where BIT 3(a, b, c) =
c. This follows from T (a, a, 1) = (a, a, a ⊕ 1).
where ⊕ is the XOR operation and · the AND operation. Show that the
generalized Toffoli gate includes the NOT gate, CNOT gate and the original
Toffoli gate.
Solution 8. We have
x1 x2 x3 y1 y2 y3
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0
0 1 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 1 1 1 0
1 1 0 1 0 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
reversible?
Problem 12. Consider the 2 × 2 identity matrix and the Pauli spin
matrices σ1 , σ2 , σ3 using the following notation
1 0
σ00 = τ00 = I2 = ,
0 1
0 1
σ01 = τ01 = σ1 = ,
1 0
1 0
σ10 = τ10 = σ3 = ,
0 −1
0 −i
σ11 = σ2 = ,
i 0
0 1
τ11 = iσ2 = .
−1 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 164
v1 w1
. .
v = .. , w = ..
vn wn
and
v
b := ∈ Z2n
2
w
we define
σb := σv1 w1 ⊗ σv2 w2 ⊗ · · · ⊗ σvn wn
and
τb := τv1 w1 ⊗ τv2 w2 ⊗ · · · ⊗ τvn wn .
Thus we can associate a bit string b with each σb and vice versa.
(i) Let n = 3 and
σb1 = σ1 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ1 , σb2 = I2 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ1 .
Find the corresponding bit strings b1 and b2 for the given σb1 and σb2 .
Then XOR the two bit strings and find the corresponding σb3 . Calculate
the matrix product σb1 σb2 . Discuss.
0 0
1 1
0 0
b1 = , b2 = .
1 0
0 0
1 1
The XOR operation provides the bit string
0
0
0
b3 =
1
0
0
with the corresponding 8 × 8 matrix
σb3 = σ1 ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2
Problem 13. Let x ∈ {0, 1} and |0i, |1i be the standard basis in C2 .
Consider the boolean function f (x) = x. Find a 4 × 4 permutation matrix
P such that
P
|xi ⊗ |0i → |xi ⊗ |f (x)i ≡ |xi ⊗ |xi.
1 0
0
1
P (|0i ⊗ |0i) = |0i ⊗ |1i → P =
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
P (|1i ⊗ |0i) = |1i ⊗ |1i → P = .
1 0
0 1
A solution is
0 0 0 1
1 0 0 0
P = .
0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0
x1 → x1 , x2 → x1 ⊕ x2 .
1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
U = ≡ ⊕
0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
0 0 1 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 166
(x1 , x2 ) 7→ (x1 ⊕ 1, x1 ⊕ x2 )
(0, 0) 7→ (1, 0), (0, 1) 7→ (1, 1), (1, 0) 7→ (0, 1), (1, 1) 7→ (0, 0).
Let |0i, |1i be the standard basis in C2 . Find the 4 × 4 permutation matrix
P such that
P (|x1 i ⊗ |x2 i) = |x1 ⊕ 1i ⊗ |x1 ⊕ x2 i.
1 0 0 0
0 0 1 0
P = , P = ,
0 1 0 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0
P = , P = .
1 0 0 0
0 0 1 0
Consequently we obtain the 4 × 4 permutation matrix
0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0
P =
1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 0
0 0 0 1
U =
1 0 0 0
0 0 1 0
with the eigenvalues +1, −1, +i, −i. Find the corresponding boolean
function.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 167
Solution 16. Since the matrix has 4 = 22 rows, the function f : {0, 1}2 →
{0, 1}2 has two arguments. The first column (i.e. the column numbered 0)
has a 1 in the third row (the row numbered 2) for which b−1 (0) = (0, 0)
and b−1 (2) = (1, 0). Thus (0, 0) → (1, 0). From the second column (0, 1) →
(0, 0). The third column provides (1, 0) → (1, 1) and the fourth column
(1, 1) → (0, 1). Thus we have the map
(0, 0) 7→ (1, 0), (0, 1) 7→ (0, 0), (1, 0) 7→ (1, 1), (1, 1) 7→ (0, 1).
Problem 17. Given the boolean function f (x1 , x2 ) = x1 · x̄2 . Thus the
map is (x1 , x2 , y ∈ {0, 1})
with
|0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i 7→ |0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i, |0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i → |0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i
|0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i 7→ |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i, |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i 7→ |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i
|1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i 7→ |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i, |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i 7→ |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i
|1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i 7→ |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i, |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i 7→ |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i.
Find the 8 × 8 permutation matrix for this map.
Programming Problems
x01 = x1 ⊕ x3
x02 = x1 ⊕ x2
x03 = (x1 · x2 ) ⊕ (x1 · x3 ) ⊕ (x2 · x3 ).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 168
Solution 1. In the bitset class & is the AND operation, | the OR opera-
tion, ^ the XOR operation and ~ the NOT operation.
// reversiblegate.cpp
#include <iostream>
#include <string>
#include <bitset>
using namespace std;
int main(void)
{
bitset<1> x1(string("1"));
bitset<1> x2(string("0"));
bitset<1> x3(string("1"));
cout << "x1 = " << x1 << endl;
cout << "x2 = " << x2 << endl;
cout << "x3 = " << x3 << endl;
bitset<1> x1p; bitset<1> x2p; bitset<1> x3p;
x1p = x1^x3; x2p = x1^x2;
x3p = (x1 & x2)^(x1 & x3)^(x2 & x3);
cout << "x1p = " << x1p << endl;
cout << "x2p = " << x2p << endl;
cout << "x3p = " << x3p << endl;
x1 = (x1p & x2p & (~x3p)) | ((~x1p) & x3p) | ((~x2p) & x3p);
x2 = ((~x1p) & x2p & (~x3p)) | (x1p & x3p) | ((~x2p) & x3p);
x3 = (x1p & (~x2p) & (~x3p)) | (~x1p & x3p) | (x2p & x3p);
cout << "x1 = " << x1 << endl;
cout << "x2 = " << x2 << endl;
cout << "x3 = " << x3 << endl;
return 0;
}
|0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i 7→ |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i, |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i 7→ |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i
|1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i 7→ |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i, |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i 7→ |1i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i
|1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i 7→ |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |0i, |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i 7→ |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i.
This leads to the 8 × 8 permutation matrix
0 1
Uf = I4 ⊕ ⊕ I2
1 0
where ⊕ denotes the direct sum and In is the n × n identity matrix. Give
a C++ implementation of this map.
Solution 2. The function main first finds the permutation matrix imple-
menting the example: f (x1 , x2 ) = x1 · x2 . Then the map (truth table) is
printed. Finally we recreate the map from the permutation matrix, which
is the reversible map
int main(void)
{
int i1, i2, i3;
bitset<3> a, b;
map<bitset<3>, bitset<3>, cmpbst<3> > f, g;
map<bitset<3>, bitset<3>, cmpbst<3> >::const_iterator i;
Symbolic P;
for(i1=0;i1<2;++i1)
for(i2=0;i2<2;++i2)
for(i3=0;i3<2;++i3)
{
a[0] = b[0] = i1; a[1] = b[1] = i2; a[2] = i3;
b[2] = a[2]^(a[0] & (!a[1]));
f[a] = b;
}
P = permutation(f); cout << P << endl;
g = booleanmap<3>(P);
for(i=g.begin();i!=g.end();++i)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 173
cout << reverse<3>(i->first) << " -> " << reverse<3>(i->second) << endl;
cout << expression(f) << endl;
return 0;
}
The output is
[1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0]
[0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0]
[0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0]
[0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0]
[0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0]
[0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0]
[0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0]
[0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1]
000 -> 000
001 -> 001
010 -> 010
011 -> 011
100 -> 101
101 -> 100
110 -> 110
111 -> 111
[ x0 ]
[ x1 ]
[x0*NOT[x1]*NOT[x2]+NOT[x0]*x2+x1*x2]
f1 = x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 174
f2 = x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3
f3 = x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3 + x1 · x2 · x3 .
(x1 , x2 ) 7→ (x1 ⊕ 1, x1 ⊕ x2 )
(0, 0) 7→ (1, 0), (0, 1) 7→ (1, 1), (1, 0) 7→ (0, 1), (1, 1) 7→ (0, 0).
Let |0i, |1i be the standard basis in C2 . Find the 4 × 4 permutation matrix
P such that
P (|x1 i ⊗ |x2 i) = |x1 ⊕ 1i ⊗ |x1 ⊕ x2 i.
x1 x2 x3 y1 y2 y3
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0
0 1 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 1 1 0 1
1 1 0 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 0
Give the truth table. Show that the gate is invertible. Find the inverse
function.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 175
Chapter 7
7.1 Introduction
Quantum gates are realised as unitary operators. Let H denote a Hilbert
space. A linear operator U in a Hilbert space is unitary if
U ∗ = U −1 .
Thus we have
U ∗U = U U ∗ = I
where ∗ denotes the adjoint and I is the identity operator. The composite
of two unitary operators is again unitary.
175
January 30, 2018 15:21 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 176
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
UCN OT = , USW AP = .
0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
U exp(A)U ∗ = exp(U AU ∗ ).
V = ( v1 v2 ... vn )
is a unitary matrix.
An important unitary matrix is the Fourier matrix given by
1 1 1 ... 1
1 ω ω2 ... ω n−1
1 1 ω 2
ω 4
... ω 2(n−1)
F =√
n ..
.. .. .. ..
. . . . .
n−1 2(n−1) (n−1)(n−1)
1 ω ω ... ω
where ω n = 1.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 177
(iii) Let SO(4) be the special orthogonal Lie group. Let SU (2) be the
special unitary Lie group. Show that for every real orthogonal matrix U ∈
SO(4), the matrix M U M −1 is the Kronecker product of two 2-dimensional
special unitary matrices, i.e.
M U M −1 ∈ SU (2) ⊗ SU (2).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 178
(ii) Calculate
(UH ⊗ UH )UCN OT (UH ⊗ UH )|j, ki
where |j, ki ≡ |ji ⊗ |ki with j, k ∈ {0, 1}, and the answer is in the form of
a ket |m, ni with m, n ∈ {0, 1}. The unitary transform
UN OT = |0ih1| + |1ih0|
where ⊕ is the XOR operation. In other words we have the controlled NOT
operation, where the control qubit is the second qubit and the target qubit
is the first qubit.
H := i~ω(|0ih1| − |1ih0|)
(i) Is H self-adjoint?
(ii) Find the eigenvalues and corresponding normalized eigenvectors of H.
(iii) Find the unitary matrix U (t) := exp(−iHt/~). Find the values of t
such that U (t) performs the NOT operation
U (t)|0i → |1i, U (t)|1i → |0i.
(iv) Calculate U (t = π/4ω) and (U (t = π/4ω))2 .
Thus
(~ω)n−1 H n odd
n
H = .
(~ω)n I2 n even
Since U (t) := exp(−iHt/~) we have
∞ ∞ ∞
X (− it )j H j
~
X (−iωt)2j 1 X (−iωt)2j+1
U (t) = = I2 + H
j=0
j! j=0
(2j)! ~ω j=0 (2j + 1)!
∞ ∞
X (−1)j (ωt)2j 1 X (−1)j (ωt)2j+1
= I2 − i H
j=0
(2j)! ~ω j=0 (2j + 1)!
i
= cos(ωt)I2 − sin(ωt)H
~ω
= cos(ωt)(|0ih0| + |1ih1|) + sin(ωt)(|0ih1| − |1ih0|).
For the NOT operation we use U (t = π/2ω) = |0ih1| − |1ih0|. The unitary
transforms U ((2k + 1)π/2ω), k ∈ N0 implement the NOT operation.
(iv) We have
1 1
U (t = π/4ω) = √ (|0i − |1i)h0| + √ (|0i + |1i)h1|
2 2
2
U (t = π/4ω) = U (t = π/2ω) = |0ih1| − |1ih0|.
and therefore
1 0 0 −1
1 1 0 1 −1 0
Π2 = (U11,22 − U12,21 ) = .
2 2 0 −1 1 0
−1 0 0 1
since (σ2 ⊗ I2 )2 = I2 ⊗ I2 .
(ii) Since sin(π/2) = 1, cos(π/2) = 0 we arrive at
Thus
e−iπ/2 e−iπ/2
R1x (π/2)R1y (π/4) = √ (σ1 ⊗ I2 ) + √ (σ3 ⊗ I2 )
2 2
where we used that σ1 σ2 = iσ3 . Therefore
e−iπ/2
R1x (π/2)R1y (π/4) = √ (σ1 + σ3 ) ⊗ I2
2
where
1 1 1 1
√ (σ1 + σ3 ) = √
2 2 1 −1
is the Walsh-Hadamard gate. All the single operations are in the Lie
group SU (2) whose determinant is +1, while the determinant of the Walsh-
Hadamard gate is −1. Thus the overall phase is unavoidable.
n
Problem 7. Consider the Hilbert space C2 . Let { |0i, |1i, . . . , |2n −1i }
be an orthonormal basis in this Hilbert space. We define the linear operator
n n
2 −1 2 −1
1 X X −i2πkj/2n
UQF T := √ e |kihj| . (1)
2n j=0 k=0
This transform is called the quantum Fourier transform . Show that UQF T
∗
is unitary. In other words show that UQF T UQF T = I2n , where we use the
completeness relation
n
2X −1
I2n = |jihj|.
j=0
n n
Thus I2n is the 2 × 2 unit matrix.
∗
where denotes the adjoint. Therefore
n n n n
2 −1 2 −1 2 −1 2 −1
∗ 1 X X X X i2π(kj−lm)/2n
UQF T UQF T = n e |jihk|lihm|
2 j=0 m=0
k=0 l=0
n n n
2X −1 2X −1 2X −1
1 n
= ei2π(kj−km)/2 |jihm|.
2n j=0 k=0 m=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 184
n
We have for j = m, ei2π(kj−km)/2 = 1. Thus for j, m = 0, 1, . . . , 2n − 1
n
2X −1
n
(ei2π(j−m)/2 )k = 2n , j=m
k=0
n
2X −1
n 1 − ei2π(j−m)
(ei2π(j−m)/2 )k = = 0, j 6= m.
k=0
1 − ei2π(j−m)/2n
Thus
n
2X −1
∗
UQF T UQF T = |jihj| = I2n .
j=0
N
X −1
ei2πk(n−m)/N = N δnm .
k=0
Thus we have
7 7
X 1 X i2π(1−k)j/8
x̂(k) = e−i2πkj/8 cos(2πj/8) = e + e−i2π(1+k)j/8
j=0
2 j=0
= 4(δk1 + δk7 )
and
7 7
1X 1 X 1
UQF T cos(2πj/8)|ji = √ x̂(k)|ki = √ (|1i + |7i).
2 j=0 2 8 k=0 2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 185
Problem 9. Let
n n
2X −1 2X −1
2
UIA := − δjk |kihj|. (1)
j=0 k=0
2n
UIA is called the inversion about average operator. Show that UIA is uni-
∗
tary. In other words show that UIA UIA = I2n .
Hint: Use the completeness relation
n
2X −1
|jihj| = I2n .
j=0
Thus
n
2X −1
∗ 2 2 2
UIA UIA = UIA = − δjk − δlm |kihj|mihl|
2n 2n
j,k,l,m=0
n
2X −1
2 2
= − δjk − δlj |kihl|
2n 2n
j,k,l=0
Solution 10. (i) An arbitrary state in the Hilbert space C2 can be written
as
|ψi := a|0i + b|1i
where a, b ∈ C and |a|2 + |b|2 = 1. We find
1 1
UH UH |ψi = UH √ (a|0i + a|1i + b|0i − b|1i) = (2a|0i + 2b|1i)
2 2
= a|0i + b|1i.
Thus, UH UH = I2 .
(ii) We find
1
(I2 ⊗ UH )UP S(π) (I2 ⊗ UH )|abi = (I2 ⊗ UH )UP S(π) √ |ai ⊗ (|0i + (−1)b |1i)
2
1
= (I2 ⊗ UH ) √ |ai ⊗ (|0i + (−1)a+b |1i
2
1
= |a, a ⊕ bi
2
where a ⊕ b = a + b (modulo 2) is the XOR operation. We obtain
1
(I2 ⊗ UH )UCN OT (I2 ⊗ UH )|abi = (I2 ⊗ UH )UCN OT √ |ai ⊗ (|0i + (−1)b |1i)
2
(
1
(I2 ⊗ UH ) √2 |ai ⊗ (|0i + (−1)b |1i) a = 0
=
(I2 ⊗ UH ) √12 |ai ⊗ (|1i + (−1)b |0i) a = 1
1
= (I2 ⊗ UH ) √ |ai ⊗ (−1)ab (|0i + (−1)b |1i)
2
ab
= (−1) |abi.
Solution 11. For UGXOR1 we find that the operator is unitary but not
hermitian for d > 2. Therefore it is no longer its own inverse. We have to
obtain the inverse of the UGXOR1 gate by iteration, i.e.
−1 d−1 †
UGXOR1 = UGXOR1 = UGXOR1 6= UGXOR1 .
For the operator UGXOR2 we find that in the special case for d = 2 it
reduces to the XOR-gate. Furthermore, the operator is unitary, hermitian
and m n = 0 modulo d if and only if m = n.
Obviously we have tr(U ) = 0 since the terms |φk ihφk | do not appear in the
sum (i.e. we calculate the trace in the basis { |φ0 i, . . . , |φN −1 i }).
(ii) We notice that U maps |φk i to |φk−1 i. Applying this N times and using
modulo N arithmetic we obtain (i.e. U N maps |φk i to |φk−N i)
U N = IN .
(iii) For the standard basis in C2 { (1, 0)T , (0, 1)T } we obtain
0 1
Ustd = .
1 0
For the basis in C2 { √12 (1, 1)T , √12 (1, −1)T } we obtain the Pauli spin ma-
trix σ3 . Obviously the two unitary matrices are different. Of course there
is a unitary matrix V such that Ustd = V −1 σ3 V .
(iv) Since UN = IN = U 0 we have that
U s U t = U s+t = U s+t mod N .
Thus the set of matrices {U, U 2 , . . . , U N } forms an abelian group under ma-
trix multiplication, because {0, 1, . . . , N − 1} forms a group under addition
modulo N . The two groups are isomorphic.
(v) Let ej denote the element of the standard basis in Cn with a 1 in the
jth position (numbered from 0) and 0 in all other positions. Then U is
given by
NX−2
U= ek eTk+1 + eN −1 eT0 .
k=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 189
In the product ek eTk+1 , ek denotes the row and eTk+1 denotes the column in
the matrix U . Thus we obtain the matrix described above.
Problem 13. (i) Let σ1 , σ2 and σ3 be the Pauli spin matrices and I2 be
the 2 × 2 unit matrix. Find
N/2−1 N/2
X 1+γ 1−γ X
ĤXY = − σ1,j σ1,j+1 + σ2,j σ2,j+1 −λ σ3,j
2 2
j=−N/2+1 j=−N/2+1
where the parameter λ is the intensity of the magnetic field applied in the
z-direction and the parameter γ determines the degree of anisotropy of the
spin-spin interaction, which is restricted to the xy-plane in spin space. Find
N/2 N/2
Y Y
σ3,j ĤXY σ3,j .
j=−N/2+1 j=−N/2+1
Solution 13. (i) Since σ32 = I2 and σ3 σ1 σ3 = −σ1 we find for the first
expression
Analogously, we find
(iii) Using the results from (i) and (ii) and extending from N = 4 to arbi-
trary N , we find
N/2 N/2
Y Y
σ3,j ĤXY σ3,j = ĤXY .
j=−N/2+1 j=−N/2+1
From (ii) and (iii) we find that the Hamilton operator ĤXY is invariant
under this transformation.
Problem 14. (i) Consider the product state |Di ⊗ |P i, where |Di is
a state to describe a m-qubit data register and |P i is a state to describe
an n-qubit program register. Let G be a unitary operator acting on this
product state
|Di ⊗ |P i → G(|Di ⊗ |P i).
The unitary operator is implemented as follows. A unitary operator U
acting on the m-qubits of the data register, is said to be implemented by
this gate array if there exists a state |PU i of the program register such that
for all states |Di of the data register and some state |PU0 i of the program
register. Show that |PU0 i does not depend on |Di.
(ii) Suppose distinct (up to a global phase) unitary operators U1 , . . . , UN
are implemented by some programmable quantum gate array. Show that
the corresponding programs |P1 i, . . . , |PN i are mutually orthogonal.
where |P 0 i and |Q0 i are states of the program register. Taking the scalar
product of these two equations and using G† G = I, hD|Di = 1 we obtain
hQ|P i
= hD|Uq† Up |Di.
hQ0 |P 0 i
The left-hand side of this equation has no |Di dependence. Thus we have
Uq† Up = cI for some complex number c. It follows that we can only have
hP 0 |Q0 i =
6 0 if Up and Uq are the same up to a global phase. However we
assumed that this is not the case and therefore hQ0 |P 0 i = 0. Hence
hQ|P i = 0.
Solution 15. (i) Obviously for the case r = 1 (degree 2) we only have
the identity permutation, i.e. σ1 = σ2 = e with e(1) = 1, e(2) = 2. Thus
we find only one invariant, namely
1 X
X 1 X
1
I0 = cjk` c∗jk` = hψ|ψi = 1
j=0 k=0 `=0
1 X
X 1 X
1 X
1 X
1 X
1
I2 = Peσ (c) = cj1 k1 `1 c∗j1 k1 `2 cj2 k2 `2 c∗j2 k2 `1
j1 =0 k1 =0 `1 =0 j2 =0 k2 =0 `2 =0
1 X
X 1 X
1 X
1 X 1
1 X
I3 = Pσe (c) = cj1 k1 `1 c∗j1 k2 `1 cj2 k2 `2 c∗j2 k1 `2
j1 =0 k1 =0 `1 =0 j2 =0 k2 =0 `2 =0
1 X
X 1 X
1 X
1 X
1 X
1
I4 = Pσσ (c) = cj1 k1 `1 c∗j1 k2 `2 cj2 k2 `2 c∗j2 k1 `1 .
j1 =0 k1 =0 `1 =0 j2 =0 k2 =0 `2 =0
Problem 16. Consider two Hilbert spaces Hreg and Hsys and the product
state
|ψi = (α|0reg i + β|1reg i) ⊗ |0sys i
in the Hilbert space Hreg ⊗ Hsys , where reg stands for register and sys for
system. Consider the swap operation (swap gate)
Uswap ((α|0reg i + β|1reg i) ⊗ |0sys i) = |0reg i ⊗ (α|0sys i + β|1sys i).
Discuss the operation on physical grounds.
a b c a b ab + c
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 1 0
0 1 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
1 0 1 1 0 1
1 1 0 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 0
cx = 0, c̄x = x, cy = 0, c̄y = y.
Thus
UF |0, x, yi = |0, y, xi.
For c = 1 we have c̄ = 0. Therefore cx = x, c̄x = 0, cy = y, c̄y = 0. Thus
1
V U (α = 0)|ψi = √ (e−i3φ/2 | ↓i ⊗ | ↓i ⊗ | ↓i + iei3φ/2 | ↑i ⊗ | ↑i ⊗ | ↑i)
2
1
= √ (cos(3φ/2)(| ↓i ⊗ | ↓i ⊗ | ↓i + i| ↑i ⊗ | ↑i ⊗ | ↑i)
2
−i sin(3φ/2)(| ↓i ⊗ | ↓i ⊗ | ↓i − i| ↑i ⊗ | ↑i ⊗ | ↑i)).
3 3
U (α = 0)V U (α = 0)|ψi = i cos( φ)| ↑i⊗| ↑i⊗| ↑i−i sin( φ)| ↓i⊗| ↓i⊗| ↓i.
2 2
(v) We obtain for the probabilities
1 1
|hξ1 |U (α = 0)V U (α = 0)|ψi|2 = sin2 (3φ/2) ≡ − cos(3φ)
2 2
and
1 1
|hξ2 |U (α = 0)V U (α = 0)|ψi|2 = cos2 (3φ/2) ≡ + cos(3φ).
2 2
Draw |hξ1 |U (α = 0)V U (α = 0)|ψi|2 and |hξ2 |U (α = 0)V U (α = 0)|ψi|2 as
functions of φ.
Uα Uβ = e2πiθαβ Uβ Uα , α, β = 1, 2, . . . , d
(ii) Let
1 1 1 0 1
U1 = √ , U2 = .
2 1 −1 1 0
Can we find z ∈ C such that U1 U2 = zU2 U1 ?
we have U1 U2 = eiπ U2 U1 .
(ii) Since
1 1 1 1 1 −1
U1 U2 = √ , U2 U1 = √
2 −1 1 2 1 1
we can write
It follows that
U (α) = (cos3 (α)−i sin3 (α))I4 −i sin(α) cos(α)eiα (σ1 ⊗σ1 +σ2 ⊗σ2 +σ3 ⊗σ3 ).
1 1
UH |0i = √ (|0i + |1i), UH |1i = √ (|0i − |1i)
2 2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 197
and
det(t(U − I2 ) + I2 ) = d(t) = 1 + t(−2 + tr(U )) + t2 (1 − tr(U ) + det(U )).
Let X ≡ det(U ) − tr(U ) + 1. Then
−1 1
tX + u11 − 1 u12
(U − I2 )(t(U − I2 ) + I2 ) = .
u21 d(t)tX + u22 − 1
√ √
With u11 = u22 = 1/ 2, u21 = −u12 = 1/ 2 we obtain
√ √
d(t) = 1 + t(−2 + 2) + t2 (2 − 2)
√
and X ≡ det(U ) − tr(U ) + 1 = 2 − 2. Thus the matrix takes the form
√ √ √
1 t(2 − 2) + √1/ 2 − 1 √−1/ 2 √ .
d(t) 1/ 2 t(2 − 2) + 1/ 2 − 1
Since
√ √ !1
Z 1
1 2 2(2 − 2)t + 2 − 2 √ π
dt = √ arctan √ = 2
0 d(t) 2 2 4
0
and Z 1
t 1 π
dt = √
0 d(t) 24
we obtain
0 −π/4 0 iπ/4
B= , K = −iB = .
π/4 0 −iπ/4 0
unitary?
(ii) Can the operator Zn be expressed as the exponent of a hermitian op-
erator?
Problem 27. Let U be an n×n unitary matrix. Show that if the bipartite
states |ψi, |φi ∈ Cn ⊗ Cm satisfy |φi = (U ⊗ Im )|ψi, then the ranks of the
corresponding reduced density matrices satisfy
r(ρψ φ
1 ) ≥ r(ρ1 ), r(ρψ φ
2 ) ≥ r(ρ2 ).
Thus r(ρφ1 ) ≤ s. The second inequality follows from the fact that for any
bipartite state r(ρ1 ) = r(ρ2 ).
= exp(−iφR).
Calculate U (T ) and express it using the swap gate
1 0 0 0
0 0 1 0
Usw = .
0 1 0 0
0 0 0 1
1 0 0 −i
1 0 1 −i 0
B=√ .
2 0 −i 1 0
−i 0 0 1
0 0 0 −i 1 0 0 0
0 0 −i 0 0 1 0 0
γ1 = , γ4 = .
0 i 0 0 0 0 −1 0
i 0 0 0 0 0 0 −1
1
B 2 = (I4 − iN )(I4 − iN ) = −iN
2
3 1 1
B = √ (I4 − iN )(−iN ) = − √ (I4 + iN )
2 2
4 2 2
B = B B = (−iN )(−iN ) = −I4
B 5 = −B
B 6 = −B 2 = iN
1
B 7 = −B 3 = √ (I4 + iN )
2
B 8 = B 4 B 4 = I4 .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 203
(ii) We have
0 0 0 −i
0 0 −i 0 2
γ4 γ1 = = −iN = B .
0 −i 0 0
−i 0 0 0
−i 0 0 −i
1 0 −i −i 0
T3 T2 T3 = √ .
2 0 −i i 0
−i 0 0 i
√ √
Using that e−iπ/4 − eiπ/4 = −i 2 and e−iπ/4 + eiπ/4 = 2 we find
−i 0 0 −i
1 0 −i −i 0
T2 T3 T2 = √ .
2 0 −i i 0
−i 0 0 i
Thus T2 T3 T2 = T3 T2 T3 . Analogously we find T1 T2 T1 = T2 T1 T2 . Obviously
T1 T3 = T3 T1 since T1 and T3 are diagonal matrices.
Solution 30. The matrix Uswap is not only unitary but also hermitian
with eigenvalues +1, +1, +1, −1. To construct the matrix R we just find
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 204
σj,1 = I2 ⊗ · · · ⊗ I2 ⊗ σ1 ⊗ I2 ⊗ · · · ⊗ I2
form an orthonormal basis in the Hilbert space C3 . Find the unitary ma-
trices U12 , U23 , U31 such that U12 v1 = v2 , U23 v2 = v3 , U31 v3 = v1 . Then
calculate U31 U23 U12 and the matrix V = λ1 v1 v1∗ + λ2 v2 v2∗ + λ3 v3 v3∗ , where
the complex numbers λ1 , λ2 , λ3 satisfy λ1 λ1 = 1, λ2 λ2 = 1, λ3 λ3 = 1.
Show that the matrix is unitary.
U31 = I2 ⊕ (−1).
Obviously U31 U23 U12 = I3 . Now
1 0 1
λ1 λ3
V = 0 ( 1 0 1 ) + λ2 1 ( 0 1 0)+ 0 (1 0 −1 ) .
2 2
1 0 −1
It follows that
λ + λ3 0 λ1 − λ3
1 1
V = 0 2λ2 0
2
λ1 − λ3 0 λ1 + λ3
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 206
Programming Problems
The output is
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0
√ , √ , √ , √ .
2 0 2 1 2 −1 2 0
1 0 0 −1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 208
0 e−iφ
A(φ) =
eiφ 0
Problem 3. Find all the square roots of the 2 × 2 identity matrix. For
example the Pauli spin matrices σ1 , σ2 , σ3 are solutions.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 209
Chapter 8
Entropy
8.1 Introduction
For any density operator (where hψj |ψk i = δjk )
n
X n
X
ρ= λj |ψj ihψj |, λj ≥ 0, λj = 1
j=1 j=1
or equivalently
n
X
S(ρ) := − λj log(λj )
j=1
with
0 log(0) = 0, 1 log(1) = 0.
Thus the von Neumann entropy is equal to the Shannon entropy of the
eigenvalues. We have S(ρ) ≥ 0 with equality iff ρ is a pure state, i.e.
ρ = |ψihψ|. Furthermore we have the inequality
S(ρ) ≤ log(n)
209
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 210
Note that the right-hand side does not involve the state |ψi.
where
PA := max pj (A, |ψi), PB := max pj (B, |ψi).
1≤j≤n 1≤j≤n
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 211
Entropy 211
tr(W ln(W
f )).
where W e −1 W
fD = U fUe is a diagonal matrix. Using the spectral representa-
tion of W
X n
W = λj wj wj∗
j=1
we obtain
n
X
tr(W ln(W
f )) = e −1 (wj w∗ )U
λj tr(U e ln(W
fD )).
j
j=1
Since
n
X n
X
U
e= e ` e∗` ,
w e∗ =
U e k∗
ek w
`=1 k=1
Entropy 213
Consequently
n X
X n
tr(W ln(W
f )) = e k∗ wj )(wj∗ w
λj (w e k ) ln(λ
ek ).
j=1 k=1
S(W kW
f ) := tr(W (log2 (W ) − log2 (W
f ))) ≡ tr(W log2 (W ) − W log2 (W
f ))
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 214
1
|Φ+ i = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
Calculate S(W kW
f ).
1 0 0 1
1 0 0 0 0
W = |Φ+ ihΦ+ | =
2 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
and
f = 1 I4
W
4
where I4 is the 4 × 4 identity matrix. To calculate tr(W log2 (W )) and
tr(W log2 (W
f )) we need the eigenvalues and normalized eigenvectors of W
and W . For the density matrix W we find the eigenvalues λ1 = 1, λ2 = 0,
f
λ3 = 0, λ4 = 0 with the corresponding normalized eigenvectors
1 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 1 0
w1 = √ , w2 = √ , w3 = , w4 = .
2 0 2 0 0 1
1 −1 0 0
Thus we find
4
X
tr(W log2 (W )) = λj log2 (λj ) = 0
j=1
where we used 0 log2 (0) = 0 and 1 log2 (1) = 0. For W f we obtain the
eigenvalues λ1 = 1/4, λ2 = 1/4, λ3 = 1/4, λ4 = 1/4 and the corresponding
e e e e
normalized eigenvectors (standard basis)
1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0
w
e1 = , w
e2 = , w
e3 = , w
e4 = .
0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 215
Entropy 215
Since
4 X
X 4
tr(W log2 (W
f )) = e k∗ wj )(wj∗ w
λj (w e k ) log2 (λ
ek )
j=1 k=1
and
1 1
w1∗ w
e1 = √ , w1∗ w
e 2 = 0, w1∗ w
e 3 = 0, w1∗ w
e4 = √
2 2
1 1
w2∗ w
e1 = √ , w2∗ w
e 2 = 0, w2∗ w
e 3 = 0, w2∗ w
e4 = −√
2 2
w3∗ w
e 1 = 0, w3∗ w
e 2 = 1, w3∗ w
e 3 = 0, w3∗ w
e4 = 0
w4∗ w
e 1 = 0, w4∗ w
e 2 = 0, w4∗ w
e 3 = 1, w4∗ w
e4 = 0
f )) = −2. Consequently, S(W ||W
we obtain tr(W log2 (W f ) = 2.
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i).
2
Calculate the density matrix ρAB , the reduced density matrix ρB and then
the classical information capacity.
1 0 0 1
1 0 0 0 0
ρAB = |ψihψ| = .
2 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
Sb (ρ||σ) := tr(ρ logb (ρ) − ρ logb (σ)) = −Sb (ρ) − tr(ρ logb (σ)).
Here Sb is the von Neumann entropy where the log is taken with the base
b. Show that Sb (ρ||σ) ≥ 0. This inequality is known as Klein’s inequality.
Solution 6. Consider the term ρ logb (σ) where ρ and σ are density oper-
ators on a finite-dimensional Hilbert space of dimension n. Let λj and |φj i
be the corresponding eigenvalues and (orthonormal) eigenstates of ρ. Sim-
ilarly, let µk and |ψk i be the corresponding eigenvalues and (orthonormal)
eigenstates of σ. Thus we have
!
Xn n
X
ρ log2 (σ) = λj |φj ihφj | logb µk |ψk ihψk |
j=1 k=1
n
X
= λj logb (µk )hφj |ψk i|φj ihψk |.
j,k=1
Thus we obtain
n
X n
X
Sb (ρ||σ) = λj logb (λj ) − λj (logb (µk ))|hφj |ψk i|2
j=1 j,k=1
n n n
!
|hφ |ψ i|2
X X Y
= λj logb (λj ) − λj logb µk j k
j=1 j=1 k=1
Xn Xn
= λj logb (λj ) − λj logb (νj )
j=1 j=1
where !
n
|hφ |ψ i|2
Y
νj := µk j k .
k=1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 217
Entropy 217
we find that
n
X
0 ≤ νj ≤ 1, α := νj ≤ 1.
j=1
∂f λj
= − θ.
∂xj xj ln(b)
Pn Pm
Thus xk = αλk , since j=1 λj = 1. Since j=1 λj logb (xj ) is unbounded
from below we have a maximum. Consequently
n
X n
X
Sb (ρ||σ) = λj logb (λj ) − λj logb (νj )
j=1 j=1
Xn Xn
≥ λj logb (λj ) − λj logb (αλj )
j=1 j=1
= − logb (α) ≥ 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 218
since 0 ≤ α ≤ 1.
Sb (ρ||σ) := tr(ρ logb (ρ) − ρ logb (σ)) = −Sb (ρ) − tr(ρ logb (σ))
the equality
holds.
E := tr(Hρ).
Let
ψ(ρ) := tr(Hρ) − tr(ρ ln(ρ)).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 219
Entropy 219
Since eiQ is a unitary matrix and the trace is invariant under unitary
transformation we have
where pnm := hψn |Pm |ψn i are the joint probabilities and
M
X −1 N
X −1
pn· := pnm , p·m := pnm
m=0 n=0
Entropy 221
and I = 0.
w f w
ej fej
Pn j j = Pn
j=1 wj fj j=1 w ej fej
for all j.
H|ψi (A) + H|ψi (B) ≥ −2 ln( max |hαj |βk i|) > 0.
1≤j,k≤n
Note that the right-hand side does not involve the state |ψi.
Let
0 1 1 0 cos(θ)
A = σ1 = , B = σ3 = , |ψi = .
1 0 0 −1 sin(θ)
Calculate the left and right-hand side of the entropic uncertainty relation.
Is the entropic uncertainty relation tight for this case?
Thus
1 1 1 1
|hα1 |β1 i| = √ , |hα1 |β2 i| = √ , |hα2 |β1 i| = √ , |hα2 |β2 i| = √
2 2 2 2
and the right-hand side of the inequality becomes
1
−2 ln( max |hαj |βk i|) = −2 ln √ = ln(2).
1≤j,k≤n 2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 223
Entropy 223
Now
1 1
p1 (A, |ψi) = |hα1 |ψi|2 = | cos(θ) + sin(θ)|2 = (1 + sin(2θ))
2 2
2 1 2 1
p2 (A, |ψi) = |hα2 |ψi| = | cos(θ) − sin(θ)| = (1 − sin(2θ))
2 2
and
Thus
1 1
H|ψi (A) = ln(2) − (1 + sin(2θ)) ln(1 + sin(2θ)) − (1 − sin(2θ)) ln(1 − sin(2θ))
2 2
H|ψi (B) = − cos2 (θ) ln(cos2 (θ)) − sin2 (θ) ln(sin2 (θ)).
Note that with θ = 0 the left-hand side reduces to ln(2), i.e. we have an
equality.
Programming Problems
Entropy 225
The output 0 for the right-hand side which is obvious since K1 and K2
have a common eigenvector, namely (0 1 0). For the left-hand side we find
2 log(3).
where
n
X n
X
S(A) = − |hψ|aj i|2 ln(|hψ|aj i|2 ), S(B) = − |hψ|bj i|2 ln(|hψ|bj i|2 ),
j=1 j=1
and S(AB) is a positive constant which gives the lower bound of the right-
hand side of the inequality. Consider the Hilbert space C2 . Let
cos(θ)
A = σ1 , B = σ2 , |ψi = .
sin(θ)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 226
where
n
X n
X
S(A) = − |hψ|uj i|2 ln(|hψ|uj i|2 ), S(A) = − |hψ|vj i|2 ln(|hψ|vj i|2 )
j=1 j=1
and SAB is a positive constant providing the lower bound of the right-hand
side of the inequality. Let
0 1 1 0
A = σ1 = , B = σ3 =
1 0 0 −1
and
cos(θ)
|ψi = .
sin(θ)
Calculate S(A) and S(B) .
1
1 1
|ψi = .
2 1
−1
Chapter 9
Measurement
9.1 Introduction
In quantum measurement models we consider what kind of measurements
can be made on quantum systems as well as how to determine the probabil-
ity that a measurement yields a given result. The effect that measurement
has on the state of a quantum system is also important.
Obviously
0 ≤ |hψ|χi|2 ≤ 1.
While the phase of a vector |ψi has no physical significance, the relative
phase of two vectors does. Consider the Schrödinger equation with time
independent Ĥ
d
i~ |ψ(t)i = Ĥ|ψ(t)i
dt
227
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 228
and
|hψ(0)|e−iĤt/~ |ψ(0)i|2
is the probability to find the state |ψ(t)i in the initial state |ψ(0)i.
{ Ej : j = 1, 2, . . . , n }
n
X
Ej = I
j=1
1
E1 = |0ih0|, E2 = |1ih1|, |ψi = √ (|0i + |1i).
2
1 1
p(1) = hψ|E1 |ψi = , p(2) = hψ|E2 |ψi = .
2 2
Measurement 229
(ii) We obtain
cos(ωt) − √i sin(ωt)
1 √2
|ψ(t)i = exp(−iĤt/~)|ψ(0)i = √ cos(ωt) − i 2 sin(ωt) .
3 cos(ωt) − √i sin(ωt) 2
1 √ 1
|hψ(t)|ψ(0)i|2 = |3 cos(ωt) − i2 2 sin(ωt)|2 = 1 − sin2 (ωt).
9 9
We find
1
(cos(α) sin(β) − sin(α) cos(β))2 .
p(α, β) =
2
Using a trigonometric identity we arrive at
1
p(α, β) = sin2 (α − β).
2
Thus p(α, β) ≤ 1/2 for all α, β since sin2 (φ) ≤ 1 for all φ ∈ R. For example,
if α = β we have p = 0. If α − β = π/2 we have p = 1/2.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 231
Measurement 231
A := α|0ih0| + β|1ih1|
and
the two eigenvalues (i.e. measurement outcomes) are α and β with corre-
sponding orthonormal eigenstates |0i and |1i. Thus for measuring the first
qubit we consider the observable A ⊗ I2 with eigenvalues α (eigenstates
|0i ⊗ |0i and |0i ⊗ |1i) and β (eigenstates |1i ⊗ |0i and |1i ⊗ |1i). This is
not the only choice for the corresponding eigenstates, but is a convenient
one. It will be useful to calculate some scalar products in advance
1
(|0i ⊗ |0i)∗ |ψi = (h0| ⊗ h0|) √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i)
2
1
= √ (h0|0i ⊗ h0|1i − h0|1i ⊗ h0|0i) = 0,
2
1 1
(|0i ⊗ |1i)∗ |ψi = √ , (|1i ⊗ |0i)∗ |ψi = − √ , (|1i ⊗ |1i)∗ |ψi = 0.
2 2
We need to consider two possibilities, namely α = β and α 6= β.
For α = β there is only one measurement outcome: α. The corresponding
projection operator onto the eigenspace is determined from the eigenstates
The state after measurement is the projected state Πα |ψi = I4 |ψi = |ψi
which when normalized yields |φi = |ψi since hψ|ψi = 1.
α 6= β: Measurement outcome α: The corresponding projection operator
onto the eigenspace is determined from the eigenstates
Measurement 233
Note that
1
Πα |ψi = √ (|0ih0| ⊗ I2 )(|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i)
2
1 1
= √ (|0ih0|0i) ⊗ |1i − (|0ih0|1i) ⊗ |0i = √ |0i ⊗ |1i.
2 2
The probability of obtaining the measurement outcome α is
1 1 1
pα = kΠα |ψik2 = (Πα |ψi)∗ Πα |ψi = √ (h0| ⊗ h1|) √ (|0i ⊗ |1i) = .
2 2 2
The state after measurement is the projected state Πα |ψi = √1 |0i ⊗ |1i
2
which when normalized yields
Πα |ψi Πα |ψi
|φi = = √ = |0i ⊗ |1i.
kΠα |ψik pα
Note that Πβ |ψi = − √12 |1i ⊗ |0i. The probability of obtaining the measure-
ment outcome β is
1
pβ = kΠβ |ψik2 = .
2
The state after measurement is the projected state
1
Πβ |ψi = √ |1i ⊗ |0i
2
which when normalized yields
Πβ |ψi Πα |ψi
|φi = = √ = −|1i ⊗ |0i.
kΠβ |ψik pβ
(ii) For measuring the second qubit we consider the observable I2 ⊗ A with
eigenvalues α (eigenstates |0i ⊗ |0i and |1i ⊗ |0i) and β (eigenstates |0i ⊗ |1i
and |1i ⊗ |1i). This is not the only choice for the corresponding eigenstates,
but is a convenient one. The measurement of the second qubit depends on
the results of the first measurement. Thus we need to consider three cases
α = β, and the two outcomes α and β when α 6= β.
α = β: We have
1
|φi = |ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i).
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 234
Πα,β = I2 ⊗ |1ih1|.
Note that Πα,β |φi = |0i ⊗ |1i = |φi. The probability of obtaining the
measurement outcome β is pα,β = 1.
First measurement outcome was β: We have
Πβ,α = I2 ⊗ |0ih0|.
Note that Πα |φi = −|1i ⊗ |0i = |φi. The probability of obtaining the
measurement outcome α is pβ,α = 1.
Measurement outcome β: The corresponding projection operator onto the
eigenspace is determined from the eigenstates
Πβ,β = I2 ⊗ |1ih1|.
Note that Πβ,β |φi = 0. The probability of obtaining the measurement out-
come β is pβ,β = 0.
Measurement 235
Outcomes α, α α, β β, α β, β
1 1
Probability pα pα,α = 0 pα pα,β = 2 pβ pβ,α = 2 pβ pβ,β = 0
Consequently, for α 6= β, the probability that the two measurement out-
comes are the same is 0 (impossible) and the probability that the two
measurement outcomes are different is 1 (certain).
tr(Λj Γk )
p(j, k) = (1)
tr(ΛΓ)
tr(Λj Γ)
p(j) = (2)
tr(ΛΓ)
tr(ΛΓk )
p(k) = (3)
tr(ΛΓ)
tr(Λj Γk )
p(k|j) = (4)
tr(Λj Γ)
tr(Λj Γk )
p(j|k) = . (5)
tr(ΛΓk )
it also includes event k. Thus it is the probability that the event recorded by
Bob is the detection of the state corresponding to Γk if the state prepared
by Alice in the experiment corresponds to Λj . This expression can be used
for prediction. To calculate the required probability from the operator Λj
associated with the preparation event j, every possible operator Γk must
be known, that is, the mathematical description of the operation of the
measuring device must be known. Analogously, (5) is the probability that
the state prepared by Alice corresponds to Λj if the event recorded by Bob
is the detection of the state corresponding to Γk . This expression can be
used for retrodiction if Γk and all the Λj operators of the preparation device
are known.
with probability
(i) Let
0 −i
A = σ2 = .
i 0
Find the spectral representation of A.
(ii) Let
1 1
|ψi = √ .
2 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 237
Measurement 237
Thus
1 1 1 1 −i
Pλ1 = |u1 ihu1 | = (1 − i) =
2 i 2 i 1
1 1 1 1 i
Pλ2 = |u2 ihu2 | = (1 i) =
2 −i 2 −i 1
with I2 = Pλ1 + Pλ2 and A = Pλ1 − Pλ2 .
(ii) We have
1 1 −i 1 1 1 1−i
Pλ1 |ψi = √ = √
2 i 1 2 1 2 2 1+i
1 1 i 1 1 1 1+i
Pλ2 |ψi = √ = √ .
2 −i 1 2 1 2 2 1−i
Thus
1 1
p(λ1 ) = hψ|Pλ1 |ψi = , p(λ2 ) = hψ|Pλ2 |ψi = .
2 2
Problem 8. Let (θ ∈ R)
(ii) Determine the probability that the state |s(θ, φ)i is in the state
The most general state of a single qubit is described by three real parame-
ters θ, φ, σ ∈ R
eiσ cos(θ/2)|0i + eiφ sin(θ/2)|1i .
The parameter σ represents the global phase, and can be ignored since it
cannot be detected in the measurement model. The same applies to the
global phase exp(i(π/4 − φ/2)) in the derivation. Thus θ and φ can be used
to define any single qubit |s(θ, φ)i.
(ii) For the probabilities (a) we have
0 2
i 0 i
|hs(θ0 , φ0 )|s(θ, φ)i|2 = cos(θ/2) cos(θ0 /2)e 2 (φ −φ) + sin(θ/2) sin(θ0 /2)e 2 (φ−φ )
cos2 ((φ0 − φ)/2) cos2 ((θ0 − θ)/2) + sin2 ((φ0 − φ)/2) cos2 ((θ0 + θ)/2).
If θ0 = θ and φ0 = φ we find 1 for the probability.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 239
Measurement 239
{ |0i, |1i, . . . , |n − 1i } .
1 cos3 (θ)
P (θ, φ) = + .
2 2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 240
Measurement 241
1
+ cos(θ1 /2) sin(θ2 /2)eiφ2 hψ|(|0i ⊗ |1i)
3
1
+ sin(θ1 /2)eiφ1 sin(θ2 /2)eiφ2 hψ|(|1i ⊗ |1i).
3
Since
hψ|(|1i ⊗ |0i) = e−iφ1 sin(θ1 /2) cos(θ2 /2)
hψ|(|0i ⊗ |1i) = e−iφ2 cos(θ1 /2) sin(θ2 /2)
hψ|(|1i ⊗ |1i) = e−iφ1 e−iφ2 sin(θ1 /2) sin(θ2 /2)
we obtain the probability
1
1 − cos2 (θ1 /2) cos2 (θ2 /2)
(hφ| ⊗ hψ|)P0 (|φi ⊗ |ψi) =
3
where we used sin2 (α) + cos2 (α) ≡ 1.
1
p2 := tr(Π2 W Π2 ) = .
3
1
ρ1 := diag(0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)
3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 2 1 0 1 0 0 0
0 1 2 0 1 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ρ2 :=
6 0 1 1 0 2 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
yield the same probabilities for the measurement outcomes with respect
to the measurement B. For the measurement outcome b2 the state of the
system becomes diag(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0), for b3 diag(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) and
for b4 diag(0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0). It is not possible to obtain the measurement
outcome b1 .
Measurement 243
1. The system ρ is extended with the ancilla in the normalized pure state
|bi which gives the density operator ρ ⊗ |bihb|.
2. The two systems interact via a unitary operator U , i.e. the system is
transformed according to U (ρ ⊗ |bihb|)U ∗ .
3. The outcome bj is obtained with probability
p(bj ) = tr((I ⊗ Πj )U (ρ ⊗ |bihb|)U ∗ (I ⊗ Πj )).
4. The expectation value (average measurement value) is given by
tr(U (ρ ⊗ |bihb|)U ∗ (I ⊗ B)).
5. The state of the system after measurement is in the measured state of
the system (i.e. the system is projected onto the state corresponding to the
measurement outcome)
(I ⊗ Πj )U (ρ ⊗ |bihb|)U ∗ (I ⊗ Πj )
σbj = .
p(bj )
6. The state of the original system after discarding the ancilla system is
given by
ρbj = trHA (σbj ).
Let φB denote an orthonormal basis for HA of normalized eigenvectors of
B, and so |bi ∈ φB . Thus we write the unitary operator U as
X
U= Ujk ⊗ |jihk|.
|ji,|ki∈φB
Equating to I we find
X X
∗ ∗
Ujk Ujm = δkm I, Ujk Ulk = δjl I.
|ji∈φB |ki∈φB
Consequently we find
(I ⊗ Πj )U (ρ ⊗ |bihb|)U ∗ (I ⊗ Πj )
X
∗
= (I ⊗ Πj ) Umb ρUnb ⊗ |mihn| (I ⊗ Πj )
|mi,|ni∈φB
X
∗
= (Umb ρUnb ) ⊗ (Πj |mihn|Πj ).
|mi,|ni∈φB
where
X
∗
p(bj ) = tr Umb ρUmb .
|mi∈φB ,Πj |mi=|mi
Thus for a given |bi the measurement is described by the operators Umb for
|mi ∈ φB .
Problem 13. Assuming that the bj are non-degenerate (i.e. that mea-
surement yields maximal information) and that |ji is the eigenvector of Πj
(for the eigenvalue 1) we have k operators Um where m = 1, 2, . . . , k and
the generalized measurement
k
X
∗
1. Um Um = I.
m=1
2. The outcome bj is obtained with probability
p(bj ) = tr Uj ρUj∗ .
Measurement 245
Show that
2
d
X 2d
(|ψj i ⊗ |ψj i)(hψj | ⊗ hψj |) = .
j=1
d+1
Measurement 247
(iii) We obtain
1 0 0 0
0 1/2 1/2 0
S2 = .
0 1/2 1/2 0
0 0 0 1
Can one find a SIC-POVM in C4 using the states from (i) and the Kronecker
product?
Solution 15. (i) For the Pauli matrices we have σ1∗ = σ1 , σ2∗ = σ2 ,
σ3∗ = σ3 . Thus Π(n) = Π∗ (n). Since tr(σ1 ) = tr(σ2 ) = tr(σ3 ) = 0 and the
trace operation is linear, we obtain tr(Π(n)) = 1. Since σ12 = σ22 = σ32 = I2
and for the anti-commutators
σ1 σ2 + σ2 σ1 = 02 , σ2 σ3 + σ3 σ2 = 02 , σ3 σ1 + σ1 σ3 = 02
the expression
2
3 3 3 3
1 X 1 1X 1 XX
Π2 (n) = I2 + nj σj = I2 + nj σj + nj nk σj σk
4 j=1
4 2 j=1 4 j=1
k=1
simplifies to
3 3
1 1X 1X 2
Π2 (n) = I2 + nj σj + n I2 .
4 2 j=1 4 j=1 j
Programming Problems
Problem 1. Let |0i, |1i be the standard basis in C2 . Consider the Bell
state
1
|ψi = √ (|0iA ⊗ |0iB + |1iA ⊗ |1iB )
2
where A refers to Alice and B refers to Bob. Let
1 0 0 0
Π0 = |0ih0| = , Π1 = |1ih1| =
0 0 0 1
1
1 0
|φi = p (Π0 ⊗ I2 )|ψi = |0i ⊗ |0i = .
p1 (0) 0
0
This state is not entangled. The measurement of qubit two (Bob) will then
result with certainty in the same result
Measurement 249
Problem 2. Consider the standard basis |0i, |1i, the Bell state
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i).
2
and the projection matrices
1 1
Πa = (I2 − σ1 ), Πb = (I2 + σ3 ).
2 2
Find
hψ|(Πa ⊗ Πb )|ψi.
(ii) Let
Ĥ = ~ωσ2 ⊗ σ2 , A = σ1 ⊗ σ1 , B = σ3 ⊗ σ3 ,
cos(φ1 )
sin(φ1 ) cos(φ2 )
|ψi = .
sin(φ1 ) sin(φ2 ) cos(φ3 )
sin(φ1 ) sin(φ2 ) sin(φ3 )
Find Q(|ψi).
Problem 2. Consider
1 1 1 1
|ψ1 i = √ , |ψ2 i = √
2 1 2 −1
Find
U (|ψ1 i ⊗ |ψ2 i), (hψ1 | ⊗ hψ2 |)U (|ψ1 i ⊗ |ψ2 i), |(hψ1 | ⊗ hψ2 |)U (|ψ1 i ⊗ |ψ2 i)|2 .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 251
Chapter 10
Entanglement
10.1 Introduction
Entanglement is the characteristic trait of quantum mechanics which en-
forces its entire departure from classical lines of thought. Let H1 and H2
be two finite-dimensional Hilbert spaces and let |ψi ∈ H1 ⊗ H2 . Then |ψi
is said to be disentangled, separable or a product state if there exist states
|ψ1 i ∈ H1 and |ψ2 i ∈ H2 such that
251
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 252
Let |0i, |1i be an orthonormal basis in C2 . One defines the four Bell states
as
1 1
|Φ+ i = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i), |Φ− i = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i − |1i ⊗ |1i),
2 2
1 1
|Ψ+ i = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |0i), |Ψ− i = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i).
2 2
If we select the standard basis for |0i, |1i, then we have
1 1 0 0
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
√ , √ , √ , √ .
2 0 2 0 2 1 2 −1
1 −1 0 0
The Bell states are fully entangled. They also form an orthonormal basis
in C4 .
There are several measures of entanglement, for example the von Neumann
entropy, the tangle and the Schmidt number. An entanglement measure E
has to satisfy several requirements. For example, if the density matrix ρ is
separable then
E(ρ) = 0.
Entanglement 253
Solution 1. We have
1
0 1 1
U (θ1 , φ1 ) ⊗ U (θ2 , φ2 ) = U (θ1 , φ1 ) ⊗ U (θ2 , φ2 ) .
0 0 0
0
Problem 3. Let |0i, |1i be an arbitrary orthonormal basis. Can the state
in C4
1 1 1 1
|ψi = √ |0i ⊗ |0i + √ |0i ⊗ |1i + √ |1i ⊗ |0i + √ |1i ⊗ |1i
2 8 8 4
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 254
Solution 3. From (c1 |0i + c2 |1i) ⊗ (d1 |0i + d2 |1i) = |ψi we obtain the
two conditions
1 1
c1 d1 c2 d2 = √ , c1 d1 c2 d2 = .
8 8
Consequently we have a contradiction and the state |ψi cannot be written
as a product state.
U (θ1 , φ1 )(1, 0)T ⊗ U (θ2 , φ2 )(1, 0)T + U (θ1 , φ1 )(0, 1)T ⊗ U (θ2 , φ2 )(0, 1)T
cos(θ1 /2) cos(θ2 /2) + e−i(φ1 +φ2 ) sin(θ1 /2) sin(θ2 /2)
−iφ1 iφ2
cos(θ2 /2)e sin(θ1 /2) − cos(θ1 /2)e sin(θ/2/2)
= .
cos(θ1 /2)e−iφ2 sin(θ2 /2) − cos(θ2 /2)eiφ1 sin(θ1 /2)
i(φ1 +φ2 )
cos(θ1 /2) cos(θ2 /2) + e sin(θ1 /2) sin(θ2 /2)
Hence x1 x4 6= x2 x3 and the state is entangled.
Entanglement 255
1
1 1 1 0
S1 ⊗ S2 = √ .
0 0 2 0
1
Thus
1
(1) (2)
s11 s11 1 0
(1) ⊗ (2) =√
s21 s21 2 0
1
or
(1) (2)
s11 s11 1
(1) (2) 1 0
s11 s21
(1) (2) = √ .
s21 s11 2 0
(1) (2)
s21 s21 1
and
−tr(ρA log2 (ρA )), −tr(ρB log2 (ρB ))
where −tr(ρA log2 (ρA )) denotes the von Neumann entropy.
(ii) Consider the Bell state
1
1 0
|ψi := √ .
2 0
−1
1
1 −1 1 1 1 1 1
|ψi := (U1 ⊗ U2 ) ≡ (U1 ⊗ U2 ) √ ⊗ √
2 −1 2 2 −1 2 −1
1
1
1 0
|ψi := √ (U1 ⊗ U2 )
0
2
−1
1 −1 −1 1
1 −1 1 1 −1
ρ ≡ |ψihψ| = .
4 −1 1 1 −1
1 −1 −1 1
Therefore
1 0 1 0 1
ρA = ⊗ (1 0 ) |ψihψ| ⊗
0 1 0 1 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 257
Entanglement 257
1 0 1 0 0
+ ⊗ (0 1 ) |ψihψ| ⊗
0 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
= |ψihψ| + |ψihψ|
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 1
1 1 −1
= .
2 −1 1
Analogously
1 1 −1 1 1 −1 1 1 −1
ρB = + = .
4 −1 1 4 −1 1 2 −1 1
where 0 log2 (0) = 0 and 1 log2 (1) = 0. Hence the state |ψi is not entangled.
(ii) We choose the standard basis in C2 to calculate the trace. We have
1 0 0 −1
1 0 0 0 0
ρ = |ψihψ| = .
2 0 0 0 0
−1 0 0 1
Thus
1 0 1 0 1
ρA = ⊗ ( 1 0 ) |ψihψ| ⊗
0 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 0
+ ⊗ ( 0 1 ) |ψihψ| ⊗
0 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
= + = .
2 0 1 2 0 0 2 0 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 258
Therefore
1 1 0 1 1 0
−tr(ρA log2 (ρA )) = −tr log2 =1
2 0 1 2 0 1
Therefore
1 0 1 0 1
ρA = ⊗ (( 1 0 ) U2∗ ) |ψihψ| ⊗ U2
0 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 0
+ ⊗ (( 0 1 ) U2∗ ) |ψihψ| ⊗ U2
0 1 0 1 1
1 1 −1 1 −1 1
= U1 U1∗ ⊗ ( 1 0 )
4 −1 1 −1 1 0
1 1 −1 1 −1 0
+ U1 U1∗ ⊗ ( 0 1 )
4 −1 1 −1 1 1
1 1 −1 1 1 −1
= U1 U1∗ + U1 U1∗
4 −1 1 4 −1 1
1 1 −1
= U1 U1∗ .
2 −1 1
Entanglement 259
1 0 0 −1
1 0 0 0 0 ∗ ∗
|ψihψ| = (U1 ⊗ U2 ) (U1 ⊗ U2 )
4 0 0 0 0
−1 0 0 1
and therefore
1 0 0 −1
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
U1∗ ρA U1 = ⊗ (1 0) ⊗
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
−1 0 0 −1
1 0 0 −1
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
+ ⊗ (0 1) ⊗
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
−1 0 0 −1
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
= + = .
2 0 1 2 0 0 2 0 1
Thus
1 1 0
ρA = U1 (U1∗ ρA U1 )U1∗ = U1 U1∗ .
2 0 1
We choose the basis
1 0
U1 , U1
0 1
to calculate the trace. Thus
1 1 0 1 0
−tr(ρA log2 (ρA )) = −tr U1 U1∗ log2 (1/2)U1 U1∗
2 0 1 0 1
1 log2 (1/2) 0
= −tr U1 U1∗ = 1
2 0 log2 (1/2)
where we used the cyclic invariance of the trace, log2 (1/2) = −1 and that
U1 is a unitary matrix, i.e. U1 U1∗ = I2 .
For f we select the AND, OR and XOR operations. The AND, OR and
XOR operations are given by
a b AND(a,b) OR(a,b) XOR(a,b)
0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 1
1 0 0 1 1
1 1 1 1 0
Entanglement 261
Sch(|ψAN D i, C2 , C2 ) = 2, Sch(|ψOR i, C2 , C2 ) = 2.
The eigenvalues of trB (|ψXOR ihψXOR |) are 0 and 1. Thus
Sch(|ψXOR i, C2 , C2 ) = 1.
We note that |ψXOR i = 21 (|0i − |1i) ⊗ (|0i − |1i).
1
hψ| = √ (1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1).
2
Thus
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ρ= .
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
(ii) We find
1
ρ = (I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 + I2 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ σ3 + σ3 ⊗ I2 ⊗ σ3 + σ3 ⊗ σ3 ⊗ I2
8
+σ1 ⊗ σ1 ⊗ σ1 − σ1 ⊗ σ2 ⊗ σ2 − σ2 ⊗ σ1 ⊗ σ2 − σ2 ⊗ σ2 ⊗ σ1 )
with I8 = I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 .
1 1
1 0 1 0
|Φ+ i = √ , |Φ− i = √ ,
2 0 2 0
1 −1
0 0
1 1 1 1
+
|Ψ i = √ , |Ψ− i = √ .
2 1 2 −1
0 0
The Bell basis forms an orthonormal basis in R4 . Let Ae denote the matrix
A in the Bell basis. What is the condition on the entries aij such that the
matrix A is diagonal in the Bell basis?
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 263
Entanglement 263
and a12 = a13 = a24 = a34 = 0 with the entries a14 and a23 arbitrary. Thus
the matrix A has the form
a11 0 0 a14
0 a22 a23 0
A= .
0 a23 a22 0
a14 0 0 a11
2
X 2
X
|ψi = aj1 ,j2 ,...,jn ;k1 ,k2 ,...,kn|j1 , . . . , jn ; k1 , . . . , kn i
j1 ,j2 ,...,jn =0 k1 ,k2 ,...,kn =0
where
n 2 n
1 X Y
aj1 ,j2 ,...,jn ;k1 ,k2 ,...,kn := √ bi1 ,i2 ,...,in im jm km
2 i1 ,i2 ,...,in =0 m=1
and is the Levi-Civita symbol, i.e. ijk = 1 for (i, j, k) = (1, 2, 3) and its
even permutations, and −1 for odd permutations and 0 otherwise.
0 0 0 −1
0 −i 0 −i 0 0 1 0
σ2 ⊗ σ2 = ⊗ = .
i 0 i 0 0 1 0 0
−1 0 0 0
1
iγσ2 ⊗σ2 0 iγσ ⊗σ 1 1
e ≡e 2 2 ⊗ .
0 0 0
0
1 2 1 1
eiγσ2 ⊗σ2 = I4 (1 − γ + γ 4 − · · ·) + iσ2 ⊗ σ2 (γ − γ 3 + · · ·)
2! 4! 3!
= I4 cos(γ) + σ2 ⊗ σ2 (i sin(γ))
Consequently
1 cos(γ)
0 0
eiγσ2 ⊗σ2 = .
0 0
0 −i sin(γ)
If γ = π/4, then the state is entangled and if γ = 0 the state is not entangled
(a product state).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 265
Entanglement 265
C(ρw ) := max { λ1 − λ2 − λ3 − λ4 , 0 }
The concurrence is
where {pk , |ψk i} indicates that the minimum should be taken over all mix-
tures which realize ρ. |{pk , |ψk i}| is the number of pure states comprising
the mixture and
S(σ) := −tr(σ log2 (σ))
is the von Neumann entropy. The minimum is taken over all mixtures
where np p p p o
C(ρ) := max λ1 − λ2 − λ3 − λ4 , 0
is the concurrence, λ1 ≥ λ2 ≥ λ3 ≥ λ4 are the eigenvalues of
and
h(p) := −p log2 (p) − (1 − p) log2 (1 − p)
is the Shannon entropy. Find Ef (ρ) for the Werner state
5 + + 1 1 1
|φ ihφ |+ |φ− ihφ− | + |ψ + ihψ + | + |ψ − ihψ − | = |φ+ ihφ+ |+ I4
ρw :=
8 8 2 8
where |φ+ i = √1 (1, 0, 0, 1)T is a Bell state.
2
Entanglement 267
where
dE(exp(−iĤt)|ψ(0)i)
Γ(t) :=
dt
is the state entanglement rate.
(i) Show that
Γ(t) = itrA trB ([Ĥ, |ψihψ|] log2 (ρA ))
Solution 15. Let ρAB (t) := |ψ(t)ihψ(t)| and ρA (t) := trB (ρAB (t)). We
have
ρAB (t) = exp(−iĤt)ρAB (0) exp(iĤt)
and the time evolution of ρAB (t) (von Neumann equation) is given by
dρAB (t)
i = [Ĥ, ρAB (t)].
dt
Thus
dρA (t)
i = trB [Ĥ, ρAB (t)].
dt
It follows that
d d
Γ(t) = − trA (ρA log2 (ρA )) = −trA ( ρA log2 (ρA ))
dt dt
dρA d dρA
= −trA log2 (ρA ) + ρA log2 (ρA ) = −trA log2 (ρA )
dt dt dt
= itrA (trB [Ĥ, ρAB ] log2 (ρA ))
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 268
since
d
trA ρA log2 (ρA ) = 0.
dt
Let
Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X p
|ψ(0)i = λj |φj i ⊗ |ηj i
j=1
Since
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X
ρA (0) = λj |φj ihφj |, log2 (ρA (0)) = log2 (λj |φj ihφj |)
j=1 j=1
we find
Entanglement 269
Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X
=i hφj |trB [Ĥ, ρAB (0)] log2 (ρA (0))|φj i
j=1
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X p
=i λm λn log2 λn hηn |XB |ηm ihφn |XA |φm i
m=1 n=1
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X p
−i λm λn log2 λm hηn |XB |ηm ihφn |XA |φm i
m=1 n=1
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X p λn
=i hηn |XB |ηm ihφn |XA |φm i
λm λn log2
m=1 n=1
λm
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X p λn
≤ λm λn log2 |hηn |XB |ηm i||hφn |XA |φm i|
m=1 n=1
λm
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X
= (λm + λn )|hηn |XB |ηm i||hφn |XA |φm i|
m=1 n=1
r
λn λm log2 λn
×
λm + λn λm + λn λm
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X
≤ (λm + λn )|hηn |XB |ηm i||hφn |XA |φm i|
m=1 n=1
p x
× max x(1 − x) log2
x∈(0,1) 1−x
p x
≤ 2 max x(1 − x) log2
x∈(0,1) 1−x
≈ 1.9123
where we used
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X
λm |hηn |XB |ηm i||hφn |XA |φm i|
m=1 n=1
Sch(|ψ(0)i) Sch(|ψ(0)i)
X X
≤ |hηn |XB |ηm i||hφn |XA |φm i| ≤ 1
m=1 n=1
2 2
since XA = I and XB = I.
(i) Calculate the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of Ĥ. Are the eigenvectors
entangled?
(ii) Let |ψi ∈ C4 . The von Neumann entropy is given by
where
dE(exp(−iĤt)|ψ(0)i)
Γ(t) :=
dt
is the state entanglement rate. Show that E(Ĥ) = α(µ1 + µ2 ), where
p x
α = 2 max x(1 − x) log2 .
x∈(0,1) 1−x
0 0 0 µ1 − µ2
0 0 µ1 + µ2 0
Ĥ = .
0 µ1 + µ2 0 0
µ1 − µ2 0 0 0
1
|ψ − i = √ (0, 1, −1, 0)T .
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 271
Entanglement 271
and using
p x0
Γ(0) = (µ1 + µ2 )2 x0 (1 − x0 ) log2 = α(µ1 + µ2 )
1 − x0
Entanglement 273
where dµ(β) is the uniform measure given above and Ω the domain for φj
(j = 1, 2, 3) and xk (k = 1, 2, 3) described above. I4 is the 4×4 unit matrix.
This equation is called the resolution of identity and a coherent state must
satisfy this condition.
(iv) Find the reduced density matrix from |βi and a condition for entan-
glement.
hβ|βi = (1 − x1 − x2 − x3 ) + x1 + x2 + x3 = 1.
ρ = |βihβ| =
√ √ √
d2 d x1 e−iφ1 d x2 e−iφ2 d x3 e−iφ3
√
d x1 eiφ1 √ √ i(φ1 −φ2 ) √ √ i(φ1 −φ3 )
√ x1 x1 x2 e x1 x3 e
d x2 eiφ2 √ √ i(φ2 −φ1 ) √ √ i(φ2 −φ3 )
x1 x2 e x2 x2 x3 e
√ √ √ i(φ3 −φ1 ) √ √ i(φ3 −φ2 )
d x3 eiφ3 x3 x1 e x3 x2 e x3
where d := (1 − x1 − x2 − x3 )1/2 .
(iii) Since
Z 2π Z 2π Z 2π Z 2π
eiφ = 0, dφ3 dφ2 dφ1 = (2π)3
φ=0 φ3 =0 φ2 =0 φ1 =0
and
Z 1 Z 1−x3 Z 1−x2 −x3
1
dx3 dx2 dx1 =
x3 =0 x2 =0 x1 =0 6
Z 1 Z 1−x3 Z 1−x2 −x3
1
dx3 dx2 dx1 x1 =
x3 =0 x2 =0 x1 =0 24
Z 1 Z1−x3 Z 1−x2 −x3
1
dx3 dx2 dx1 x2 =
x3 =0 x2 =0 x1 =0 24
Z 1 Z1−x3 Z 1−x2 −x3
1
dx3 dx2 dx1 x3 =
x3 =0 x2 =0 x1 =0 24
we find (1).
(iv) Let |0i4 , |1i4 , |2i4 , |3i4 be the standard basis in C4 and |0i2 , |1i2 be the
standard basis in C2 . Then we can write |0i4 = |0i2 ⊗|0i2 , |1i4 = |0i2 ⊗|1i2 ,
|2i4 = |1i2 ⊗ |0i2 and |3i4 = |1i2 ⊗ |1i2 with the coefficients
√
c00 = (1 − x1 − x2 − x3 )1/2 , c01 = x1 eiφ1 ,
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 274
√ √
c10 = x2 eiφ2 , c11 = x3 eiφ3
which leads to the 2 × 2 matrix
√ iφ1
(1 − x1 − x2 − x3 )1/2 x e
C= √ iφ2 √ 1 iφ3 .
x2 e x3 e
(iii) Show that the minimum over ρe of the modified Bures metric
(iv) Compare the result in (iii) with the result from (i).
Entanglement 275
Thus
σ(λ) := λσ + (1 − λ)ν
Problem 19. The two-point Hubbard model with cyclic boundary condi-
tions is given by
Ĥ = t(c†1↑ c2↑ + c†1↓ c2↓ + c†2↑ c1↑ + c†2↓ c1↓ ) + U (n1↑ n1↓ + n2↑ n2↓ )
where
nj↑ := c†j↑ cj↑ , nj↓ := c†j↓ cj↓ , j = 1, 2.
The Fermi operators c†j↑ ,c†j↓ ,cj↑ ,cj↓ obey the anti-commutation relations
Ĥ commutes with the total number operator N̂ , and the total spin operator
Ŝz in the z direction
2 2
1X †
(c†j↑ cj↑ + c†j↓ cj↓ ), (c cj↑ − c†j↓ cj↓ ).
X
N̂ := Ŝz :=
j=1
2 j=1 j↑
|s1 i := c†1↑ c†1↓ |0i, |s2 i := c†1↑ c†2↓ |0i, |s3 i := c†2↑ c†1↓ |0i, |s4 i := c†2↑ c†2↓ |0i
where h0|0i = 1.
(i) Find the matrix representation of Ĥ in this basis.
(ii) Can the matrix representation of Ĥ be written in the form
Ĥ = A1 ⊗ I2 + I2 ⊗ A2
U t t 0
t 0 0 t
Ĥ = .
t 0 0 t
0 t t U
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 277
Entanglement 277
In this case separable states remain separable under time evolution in the
model, and entangled states remain entangled under time evolution in the
model. For the matrix representation of Ĥ, however we have
0 1
Ĥ = tVN OT ⊗ I2 + tI2 ⊗ VN OT + diag(U, 0, 0, U ), VN OT := .
1 0
Problem 21. The two-point Hubbard model with cyclic boundary con-
ditions is given by
Ĥ = t(c†1↑ c2↑ + c†1↓ c2↓ + c†2↑ c1↑ + c†2↓ c1↓ ) + U (n1↑ n1↓ + n2↑ n2↓ ).
Find the time evolution of the initial state
1
|ψ(0)i = √ (c†1↑ c†1↓ − c†2↑ c†2↓ )|0i
2
under the two-point Hubbard model. When is the state |ψ(τ )i entangled?
Entanglement 279
(ii) We obtain the Bell state by setting θ3 = π/4, θ2 = π/2, θ1 = π/2 and
φ3 = φ2 = φ1 = 0.
where j, k = 0, 1, . . . , N − 1.
(i) Calculate
N −1 N −1
1 X X † 1 †
Ujk XUjk , tr(Ujk U`m )
N j=0 N
k=0
{ |ΨAB A
jk i = (Ujk ⊗ IB )|Ψ
AB
i : j, k = 0, 1, . . . , N − 1 }.
1
|GHZi = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 280
Entanglement 281
Thus in this case the projected states are (maximally) entangled (Bell
states). However, for the other cases we find
√
( 3h1| ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 )|W i = |0i ⊗ |0i
√
( 3I2 ⊗ h1| ⊗ I2 )|W i = |0i ⊗ |0i
√
( 3I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ h1|)|W i = |0i ⊗ |0i.
Thus these states are not entangled.
Problem 25. Let σ1 , σ2 and σ3 be the Pauli spin matrices. Consider the
Hamilton operator
1
(σ3 ⊗ I2 + I2 ⊗ σ3 ) − ∆(σ1 ⊗ σ1 )
Ĥ =
2
where > 0 and ∆ > 0. Find the eigenvalues and normalized eigenvectors
of Ĥ. Are the eigenvectors entangled?
Problem 26. Consider the Hilbert space H = Cn and the product space
H ⊗ H. Let A be an arbitrary n × n matrix over C and In the n × n identity
matrix. Consider the following definition. A normalized vector ψ ∈ H ⊗ H
is called maximally entangled, if its reduced density matrix is maximally
mixed, i.e. a multiple of In
hψ|(A ⊗ In )|ψi = dim(H)−1 tr(A). (1)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 282
Solution 26. (i) We have dim(H) = n = 2 and tr(A) = a11 + a22 . For
the left-hand side we have
a11 0 a12 0
0 a11 0 a12
(A ⊗ In ) = .
a21 0 a22 0
0 a21 0 a22
Thus for the Bell state Ψ+ we have
a11 0 a12 0 1
1 0 a11 0 a12 0 1
(1 0 0 1) = (a11 + a22 ).
2 a21 0 a22 0 0 2
0 a21 0 a22 1
Analogously we prove for the other Bell states that equation (1) is satisfied.
(ii) For the vector (1 0 0 0) we obtain for the left hand side a11 . Thus
equation (1) is not satisfied. This state is not entangled.
Problem 27. Let |Hi (|V i) indicate the state of a horizontal (vertical)
polarized photon. Suppose we have the product state
1 1
|ψi1234 = √ (|Hi1 ⊗ |V i2 − |V i1 ⊗ |Hi2 ) ⊗ √ (|Hi3 ⊗ |V i4 − |V i3 ⊗ |Hi4 ).
2 2
Thus we have a product state of two polarization entangled pairs. One
photon out of each pair (2 and 3) is directed to the two inputs of a polarizing
beam splitter. What is the output?
Entanglement 283
Of course this is only possible for |α2 |, |β|2 6= 0, i.e. for α = 0 or β = 0 there
is no distillable entanglement. To complete the generalized measurement
we must find U1 such that U0∗ U0 + U1∗ U1 = I. Since U0∗ U0 is clearly positive
semidefinite we can use the polar decomposition U1 = U1 H1 , where U1 is
unitary and H1 is positive semidefinite. We obtain
s s
2 2
p k k
U1 = U1 I − U0∗ U0 = U1 1 − |0ih0| + 1 − |1ih1| .
α β
Entanglement 285
(i) Express |ψi in terms of the bases α and β, where one qubit is in the
basis α and the remaining two in the basis β.
(ii) Use (i) to predict the measurement outcomes where all qubits are mea-
sured in the basis α. Compare with the actual outcomes.
Solution 30. (i) Expressing only one qubit of |ψi in the basis α and the
rest in the basis β basis yields
None of the results obtained are consistent with the outcomes in the table
deduced in (i).
where
1 0
|0i = , |1i = .
0 1
Let R, S, T be 2 × 2 matrices over C
r11 r12 s11 s12 t11 t12
R= , S= , T =
r21 r22 s21 s22 t21 t22
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 286
The three tangle τ3 is a measure of entanglement and is defined for the three
qubit state |ψi as
τ123 := 4|Det(C)|
where C = (cijk ). Find the three tangle for the GHZ state
1
|GHZi = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 287
Entanglement 287
Solution 33. Inserting (2) into (1) provides the three equations
c00 + c01 x1 + c10 x2 + c11 x1 x2 = 0, c01 + c11 x2 = 0, c10 + c11 x1 = 0.
Multiplication of the first equation with c11 and inserting the second and
third equation yields
c00 c11 + c01 c11 x1 + c10 c11 x2 + c11 x1 c11 x2 = c00 c11 − c01 c10 − c10 c01 + c10 c10
= c00 c11 − c01 c10
= 0.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 288
(iii) From (ii) we see that the eigenvalues are cos2 (α) and sin2 (α).
(iv) Thus for the entropy we find
S(ρ2 ) = − cos2 (α) log2 (cos2 (α)) − sin2 (α) log2 (sin2 (α))
which is monotonically increasing for 0 < cos2 (α) < 1/2, i.e. 0 < α < π/4.
Entanglement 289
1 1
|ψ + i = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |0i), |ψ − i = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i).
2 2
Σ2jk = I2 ⊗ I2 = I4 .
Thus hψ|(Σjk )2 |ψi = 1, where |ψi is one of the Bell states. Now
All the other matrices of Σjk yield 0 for all Bell states. Thus we find for
the remoteness of all Bell states R = 6.
Problem 36. A general pure state |Ψi of two qubits can be written as
1
dµ = d(sin(θ0 ))6 d(sin(θ1 ))4 d(sin(θ2 ))2 dφ0 dφ1 dφ2 dφ3 (2)
(2π)4
with
π
0 ≤ φj < 2π, 0 ≤ θk < (3)
2
where j = 0, 1, 2, 3 and k = 0, 1, 2. An extra overall random phase eiφ0
is included to maintain consistency with SU (n), where n = 4. For a pure
state of two qubits the tangle τ , is defined as
τ := 4 det(ρA ) (4)
where ρA is the reduced density matrix obtained when qubit B has been
traced over (or vice versa, permuting A and B). The tangle τ is an entan-
glement measure.
(i) Find τ for |ψi. Then find τ for the four Bell states and the unentangled
state |00i.
(ii) Using the Haar measure find τ for a randomly selected pure state.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 290
Solution 36. (i) From the state |Ψi we obtain the 4 × 4 density matrix
It follows that
det(ρA ) = (ψ0 ψ0∗ +ψ2 ψ2∗ )(ψ1 ψ1∗ +ψ3 ψ3∗ )−(ψ1 ψ0∗ +ψ3 ψ2∗ )(ψ0 ψ1∗ +ψ2 ψ3∗ ). (9)
Therefore
det(ρA ) = ψ0 ψ0∗ ψ3 ψ3∗ + ψ1 ψ1∗ ψ2 ψ2∗ − ψ0 ψ1∗ ψ2∗ ψ3 − ψ0∗ ψ1 ψ2 ψ3∗ . (10)
det(ρA ) = cos2 (θ0 ) sin2 (θ0 ) sin2 (θ1 ) sin2 (θ2 ) + sin4 (θ0 ) cos2 (θ1 ) sin2 (θ1 ) cos2 (θ2 )
−(ei(φ0 −φ1 −φ2 −φ3 ) + ei(−φ0 +φ1 +φ2 −φ3 ) )
× sin3 (θ0 ) cos(θ0 ) sin2 (θ1 ) cos(θ1 ) sin(θ2 ) cos(θ2 ).
It follows that the four Bell states have the maximum possible entangle-
ment, i.e. τ = 1. The product state |00i has τ = 0.
(ii) From (2) we find
48
cos(θ0 )(sin(θ0 ))5 cos(θ1 )(sin θ1 )3 cos(θ2 ) sin(θ2 )dθ0 dθ1 dθ2 dφ0 dφ1 dφ2 dφ3
(2π)4
and Z
dµ = 1
SU (4)
Entanglement 291
π/2 π/2
n−1
Z Z
sinm (x) cosn (x)dx = sinm (x) cosn−2 (x)dx
0 m+n 0
and Z π/2
1
sin(x) cos(x)dx = .
0 2
A randomly selected pure state of two qubits might thus be expected to
have 0.4 tangle units of entanglement.
Programming Problems
Problem 1. Let |ψi be a given state in the Hilbert space Cn . Let X and
Y be two n × n hermitian matrices. We define the correlation for a given
state |ψi as
Let n = 4,
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
X= , Y =
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
A Maxima implementation is
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 292
/* CorrelationBell.mac */
X: matrix([0,0,0,1],[0,0,1,0],[0,1,0,0],[1,0,0,0]);
Y: matrix([1,0,0,0],[0,0,0,1],[0,0,1,0],[0,1,0,0]);
b: matrix([1/sqrt(2)],[0],[0],[1/sqrt(2)]);
bT: transpose(b);
CXYb: bT . X . Y . b - (bT . X . b) . (bT . Y . b);
Entanglement 293
in C8 is entangled.
n
Problem 4. We consider the finite-dimensional Hilbert space H = C2
and the normalized state
1
X
|ψi = cj1 ,j2 ,...,jn |j1 i ⊗ |j2 i ⊗ · · · ⊗ |jn i
j1 ,j2 ,...,jn =0
in this Hilbert space. Here |0i, |1i denotes the standard basis. Let jk
(j, k = 0, 1) be defined by 00 = 11 = 0, 01 = 1, 10 = −1. Let n be even
or n = 3. Then an n-tangle can be introduced by
X 1
τ1...n = 2 cα1 ...αn cβ1 ...βn cγ1 ...γn cδ1 ...δn
α1 ,...,α
...
n =0
δ ,...,δ
1 n =0
×α1 β1 α2 β2 · · · αn−1 βn−1 γ1 δ1 γ2 δ2 · · · γn−1 δn−1 αn γn βn δn .
√ √
Consider the case n = 4 and a state |ψi with c0000 = 1/ 2, c1111 = 1/ 2
and all other coefficients are 0. Show that τ1234 = 1.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 295
Chapter 11
Bell Inequality
11.1 Introduction
Bell’s theorem states that, according to quantum mechanics, the value of
a certain combination of correlations for experiments of two distant sys-
tems can be higher than the highest value allowed by any local-realistic
theory of the type proposed by Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen, in which
local properties of a system determine the result of any experiment on that
system. The most discussed Bell inequality, the Clauser-Horne-Shimony-
Holt (CHSH) inequality states that in any local-realistic theory the absolute
value of a combination of four correlations is bounded by 2.
C(A, B) := PAB (1, 1) − PAB (1, −1) − PAB (−1, 1) + PAB (−1, −1)
where PAB (1, −1) denotes the joint probability of obtaining A = 1 and
B = −1 when A and B are measured. In any theory in which local variables
of particle i (j) determine the result of local experiments on particle i (j),
the absolute value of a particular combination of correlations is bounded
by 2
|C(A, B) − mC(A, b) − nC(a, B) − mnC(a, b)| ≤ 2
295
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 296
where m and n can either be −1 or 1. The CHSH inequality holds for any
local-realistic theory, where m, n ∈ { −1, 1 }. For a two particle system in
a quantum pure state |ψi, the quantum correlation of A and B is defined
CQ (A, B) := hψ|ÂB̂|ψi
where  and B̂ are the self-adjoint operators which represent the observ-
ables A and B. For certain choices of Â, â, B̂, b̂, and |ψi, the quantum
correlation violates the CHSH inequality.
Â21 = IA , Â22 = IA
B̂12 = IB , B̂22 = IB .
|hψ|Â1 ⊗ B̂1 |ψi + hψ|Â1 ⊗ B̂2 |ψi + hψ|Â2 ⊗ B̂1 |ψi − hψ|Â2 ⊗ B̂2 |ψi| ≤ 2.
If |ψi can be written as a product state |ψi = |φA i ⊗ |φB i then the Bell
inequality is not violated.
1. Factorisability: |ψi = |αi ⊗ |βi, where |αi ∈ HA and |βi ∈ HB with |αi
and |βi normalized.
Â21 = IA , Â22 = IA
B̂12 = IB , B̂22 = IB
|hψ|Â1 ⊗ B̂1 |ψi + hψ|Â1 ⊗ B̂2 |ψi + hψ|Â2 ⊗ B̂1 |ψi − hψ|Â2 ⊗ B̂2 |ψi| ≤ 2.
Solution 1. (i) Consider the product state |ψi = |αi ⊗ |βi. Then
(ii) We use the shortcut notation hÂ1 ⊗ B̂1 i ≡ hψ|Â1 ⊗ B̂1 |ψi etc. Using
statistical independence we have
|hÂ1 ⊗ IB i(hIˆA ⊗ B̂1 i + hIˆA ⊗ B̂2 i) + hÂ2 ⊗ IB i(hIA ⊗ B̂1 i − hIA ⊗ B̂2 i)|.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 298
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i)
2
which is one of the Bell states. Show that this state and the operators
Â1 := σ1 , Â2 := σ2
1 1
B̂1 := √ (σ1 + σ2 ), B̂2 := √ (σ1 − σ2 )
2 2
violate the Bell inequality.
Solution 2. We have
1
+ 1 0
|Φ i = √ .
2 0
1
Calculate the density operator ρ = |Φ+ ihΦ+ | and then tr(ρB). Discuss.
(iii) Let
1
0
|e1 i = .
0
0
Calculate the density operator ρ = |e1 ihe1 | and then tr(ρB). Compare to
(ii).
we have
3 3
1 X X
B2 = (aj (ck + dk ) + bj (ck − dk ))(am (cn + dn )
4 m,n=1
j,k=1
+bm (cn − dn ))(σj σm ) ⊗ (σk σn ).
Since σj2 = I2 ,
(ii) We obtain
1 0 0 1
1 0 0 0 0
ρ = |Φ+ ihΦ+ | = .
2 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
Thus ρ can be written as a sum of Kronecker products
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
ρ= ⊗ + ⊗
2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
+ ⊗ + ⊗ .
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
Since
1 0 0 0
tr σj = 0, tr σj =0
0 0 0 1
for j = 1, 2 and
1 0 0 0
tr σ3 = 1, tr σ3 = −1,
0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0
tr σ1 = 1, tr σ1 = 1,
0 0 1 0
0 1 0 0
tr σ2 = i, tr σ2 = −i
0 0 1 0
0 1 0 0
tr σ3 = 0, tr σ3 = 0
0 0 1 0
we find
1
tr(ρB) = (a1 (c1 + d1 ) + b1 (c1 − d1 ) − a2 (c2 + d2 ) − b2 (c2 − d2 )
2
+a3 (c3 + d3 ) + b3 (c3 − d3 )) .
(iii) We have
1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
ρ = |e1 ihe1 | = = ⊗ .
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 301
Thus
1
tr(ρB) = (a3 (c3 + d3 ) + b3 (c3 − d3 )).
2
Q := q · σ, R := r · σ, S := s · σ, T := t · σ.
X12 = X22 = Im .
Y12 = Y22 = In .
B := X1 ⊗ (Y1 + Y2 ) + X2 ⊗ (Y1 − Y2 ).
with j = 1, 2, . . . , m and k = 1, 2, . . . , n.
is given by
where φn,m are the angles between the two quantization directions n and
m. We write cos(φn,m ) to indicate that φm,n is the angle between m and
n.
(ii) The CHSH inequality is given by
Insert (1) into (2) and then find the angles, where the inequality is maxi-
mally violated.
Problem 7. Consider four observers: Alice (A), Bob (B), Charlie (C)
and Dora (D) each having one qubit. Every observer is allowed to choose
between two dichotomic observables. Denote the outcome of observer X’s
measurement by Xi (X = A, B, C, D) with i = 1, 2. Under the assumption
of local realism, each outcome can either take the value +1 or −1. The
correlations between the measurement outcomes of all four observers can
be represented by the product Ai Bj Ck Dl , where i, j, k, l = 1, 2. In a lo-
cal realistic theory, the correlation function of the measurement performed
by all four observers is the average of Ai Bj Ck Dl over many runs of the
experiment
Q(Ai Bj Ck Dl ) := hψ|Ai Bj Ck Dl |ψi.
The Mermin-Ardehali-Belinskii-Klyshko inequality is given by
Q(Ai Bj Ck Dl ) = hψ|(nA B C D
i · σ) ⊗ (nj · σ) ⊗ (nk · σ) ⊗ (nl · σ)|ψi
Programming Problem
1 1
B̂1 = √ (σ1 + σ2 ), B̂2 = √ (σ1 − σ2 ).
2 2
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
|φi = ≡ √ ⊗√ .
2 1 2 1 2 1
1
/* Bellinequality.mac */
A1: matrix([0,1],[1,0]); A2: matrix([0,-%i],[%i,0]);
B1: (A1+A2)/sqrt(2); B2: (A1-A2)/sqrt(2);
K11: kronecker_product(A1,B1);
K12: kronecker_product(A1,B2);
K21: kronecker_product(A2,B1);
K22: kronecker_product(A2,B2);
psi: matrix([1],[1],[1],[-1])/2;
psiT: transpose(psi);
S: psiT . K11 . psi + psiT . K12 . psi
+ psiT . K21 . psi - psiT . K22 . psi;
S: ratsimp(S);
Sabs: abs(S);
phi: matrix([1],[1],[1],[1])/2;
phiT: transpose(phi);
S: phiT . K11 . phi + phiT . K12 . phi
+ phiT . K21 . phi - phiT . K22 . phi;
S: ratsimp(S);
Sabs: abs(S);
In both cases the Bell inequality is not violated which is obvious for the
second case since it is a product state.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 306
−1 1 1 1
1 1 1 −1 1 1 1 1
v1 = , v2 = , v3 = , v4 = .
2 1 2 1 2 −1 2 1
1 1 1 −1
Calculate the density operators ρj = vj vj∗ and then tr(ρj B). Discuss.
(ii) Consider the basis in C4
−1 0 1 1
1 1 1 −1 1 0 1 1
u1 = √ , u2 = √ , u3 = √ , u4 = √ .
3 1 3 1 3 −1 3 0
0 1 1 −1
Calculate the density operators ρj = uj u∗j and tr(ρj B). Compare to (i).
Chapter 12
Teleportation
12.1 Introduction
Teleportation is the transmission of quantum information using a classical
channel and entanglement. It demonstrates the use of entanglement as a
communication resource. The simplest case is to consider the teleportation
of a single qubit using two bits of classical communication and one entan-
gled pair (EPR-pair). Quantum teleportation is the disembodied transport
of an unknown quantum state from one place to another. The key idea is
that two distant operators, Alice at a sending station and Bob at a receiv-
ing terminal, share an entangled quantum bipartite state and exploit its
nonlocal character as a quantum resource. The resource state can be the
singlet state of a pair of spin- 21 particles (Bell state)
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i).
2
Particle 1 is given to Alice and particle 2 is given to Bob. Alice intends
to transport an unknown state of a third spin- 12 particle to Bob. She per-
forms a complete projective measurement on the joint system consisting of
particle 1 and 3 and then conveys its outcome to Bob via a classical commu-
nication channel. As a consequence of Alice’s measurement, the total-spin
state of the three-particle system collapses. Owing to the entanglement,
this involves a breakdown of the spin- 21 state of Bob’s particle 2. Never-
theless, Bob makes use of the information transmitted classically by Alice
307
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 308
Teleportation 309
From the state |φi we can see that the first two qubits are in each of the
Bell states with equal probability. Thus if we measure the first two qubits
in the Bell basis we obtain a result corresponding to each of the Bell states
and can perform a transform to obtain |ψi in the last qubit as follows
1 1
√ (|00i + |11i) ≡ √ (|0iA ⊗ |0iB + |1iA ⊗ |1iB ).
2 2
Alice can perform a measurement in the Bell basis on her qubit and her part
of the entangled pair and sends the result (two bits) to Bob who applies
the corresponding transform to his part of the entangled pair. The state
|ψi is thus teleported from Alice’s qubit to Bob’s qubit. Note that the Bell
basis is obtained by applying UCN OT (UH ⊗ I2 ) to the computational basis
{|00i, |01i, |10i, |11i}. The transforms are unitary and therefore invertible.
Thus we can also measure the first two qubits in the computational basis
after applying the unitary matrix
(UH ⊗ I2 )UCN OT .
1
|ψ1 i = B|ψ0 i = √ (|0101i + |0110i)
2
1
|ψ2 i = U |ψ1 i = √ (|0101i + |1010i)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 310
1
|ψ3 i = S|ψ2 i = √ (|0101i − |1010i)
2
1
|ψ4 i = U ∗ |ψ3 i = √ (|0101i − |0110i)
2
|ψ5 i = B ∗ |ψ4 i = −|0110i.
1
B|0101i = √ (|0101i + |0110i)
2
1 1
U √ (|0101i + |0110i) = √ (|0101i + |1010i)
2 2
1 1
S √ (|0101i + |1010i) = √ (|0101i − |1010i)
2 2
∗ 1 1
U √ (|0101i − |1010i) = √ (|0101i − |0110i)
2 2
1
B ∗ √ (|0101i − |0110i) = −|0110i.
2
One solution is
1
B = √ I4 ⊗ (|γih01| + |δih10| + |αih00| + |βih11|)
2
where
|αi = |00i + |11i, |βi = |00i − |11i, |γi = |01i + |10i, |δi = |10i − |01i.
This means that B maps from the computational basis to the Bell basis in
the second two qubits. For U we have
1 1
U |01i ⊗ √ (|01i + |10i) = √ (|0101i + |1010i)
2 2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 311
Teleportation 311
and
1 1
U |01i ⊗ √ (|01i − |10i) = √ (|0101i − |1010i).
2 2
We rewrite these equations in the simpler form
i.e. U is the identity except on the subspace spanned by |0110i and |1010i,
where U swaps |0110i and |1010i. For S we have
1 1
S √ (|0101i + |1010i) = √ (|0101i − |1010i).
2 2
A solution for S is S = I16 − 2|1010ih1010| i.e. S is the identity except for
changing the sign of |1010i.
Problem 3. Let |ψi := a|0i + b|1i be an arbitrary qubit state. Let |φi
be another arbitrary qubit state. Let U be a unitary operator which acts
on two qubits.
(i) Determine the implications of measuring the first two qubits of
1
|θi := |ψi ⊗ √ (I2 ⊗ U ) ((|00i + |11i) ⊗ |φi)
2
with respect to the Bell basis. How can we obtain U (|ψi ⊗ |φi) as the last
two qubits?
(ii) Alice has |ψi and Bob has |φi. Describe how U can be applied to |ψi⊗|φi
using only classical communication and prior shared entanglement. After
the computation, Alice must still have the first qubit of U (|ψi ⊗ |φi) and
Bob must still have the second qubit of U (|ψi ⊗ |φi).
1
= √ (|00i ⊗ U (a|0i ⊗ |φi) + |01i ⊗ U (a|1i ⊗ |φi))
2
1
+ √ (|10i ⊗ U (b|0i ⊗ |φi) + |11i ⊗ U (b|1i ⊗ |φi)).
2
Expanding |00i, |01i, |10i and |11i in the Bell basis for the first two qubits
yields the state
1
|θi = √ (|00i + |11i) ⊗ U ((a|0i + b|1i) ⊗ |φi)
2 2
1
+ √ (|00i − |11i) ⊗ U ((a|0i − b|1i) ⊗ |φi)
2 2
1
+ √ (|01i + |10i) ⊗ U ((a|1i + b|0i) ⊗ |φi)
2 2
1
+ √ (|01i − |10i) ⊗ U ((a|1i − b|0i) ⊗ |φi) .
2 2
We measure in the Bell basis
1 1 1 1
√ (|00i + |11i), √ (|00i − |11i), √ (|01i + |10i), √ (|01i − |10i) .
2 2 2 2
From |θi we can see that the first two qubits are in each of the Bell states
with equal probability. If we make a measurement we obtain a result corre-
sponding to each of the Bell states and can perform a transform to obtain
U (|ψi ⊗ |φi) in the last two qubits as follows
Bell State Transform
√1 (|00i + |11i) I2
2
√1 (|00i
2
− |11i) U ((|0ih0| − |1ih1|) ⊗ I2 ) U ∗
√1 (|01i
2
+ |10i) U (UN OT ⊗ I2 )U ∗
√1 (|01i
2
− |10i) U ((|0ih1| − |1ih0|) ⊗ I2 ) U ∗
Teleportation 313
still obtain the correct result after Alice measures her two qubits. With
probability 34 he still has to apply a transform which is independent of |ψi.
(ii) Alice teleports |ψi to Bob with one entangled pair, Bob performs the
computation U (|ψi⊗|φi) on his two qubits and then teleports the first qubit
back to Alice with a second entangled pair. Thus 4 bits of communication
are used in this scheme (Alice sends two to Bob, and then Bob sends two
to Alice). Alice and Bob can perform UCN OT even though their qubits are
spatially separated if they have prior entanglement.
A r H r
B H r g r
C g g H g H
where A is the input |ψi, B the input |0i and C the input |0i. Study what
happens when we feed the product state |ψ00i into the quantum circuit.
From the circuit we have the following eight 8 × 8 unitary matrices (left to
right)
U1 = I2 ⊗ UH ⊗ I2 , U2 = I2 ⊗ UXOR ,
U3 = UXOR ⊗ I2 , U4 = UH ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 ,
U5 = I2 ⊗ UXOR , U6 = I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ UH ,
U7 = I4 ⊕ UN OT ⊕ UN OT , U8 = I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ UH
Solution 4. (i) Applying the first four unitary matrices to the input state
we obtain
U4 U3 U2 U1 |ψ00i
a b
= (|000i + |100i + |011i + |111i) + (|010i − |110i + |001i − |101i).
2 2
This state can be rewritten as
1 a
U4 U3 U2 U1 |ψ00i = √ (|0i + |1i) ⊗ ( √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i))
2 2
1 b
+ √ (|0i − |1i) ⊗ ( √ (|0i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |0i)).
2 2
Applying all eight unitary matrices to the input state we obtain
U8 U7 U6 U5 U4 U3 U2 U1 |ψ00i
a b
= (|000i + |100i + |010i + |110i) + (|011i + |111i + |001i + |101i).
2 2
This state can be rewritten as
1 1
√ (|0i + |1i) ⊗ √ (|0i + |1i) ⊗ |ψi.
2 2
The state |ψi will be transferred to the lower √ output, where both other
outputs will come out in the state (|0i + |1i)/ 2. If the two upper outputs
are measured in the standard basis (|0i versus |1i), two random classical
bits will be obtained in addition to the quantum state |ψi on the lower
output.
(ii) The implementation in SymbolicC++ is as follows. The Matrix class
of SymbolicC++ includes the method kron for the Kronecker product of
two matrices and the method dsum for the direct sum of two matrices.
The overloaded operators * and + are used for matrix multiplication and
addition. The identity matrix is also implemented. Thus the code for the
quantum circuit is as follows.
// teleport.cpp
#include <iostream>
#include "symbolicc++.h"
using namespace std;
Teleportation 315
return (H*v);
}
int main(void)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 317
Teleportation 317
{
Symbolic zero("",2),one("",2);
Symbolic zz("",4),zo("",4),oz("",4),oo("",4),qreg;
Symbolic tp00,tp01,tp10,tp11,psiGHZ;
Symbolic a("a"), b("b");
Symbolic sqrt12 = sqrt(1/Symbolic(2));
zero(0) = 1; zero(1) = 0; one(0) = 0; one(1) = 1;
zz = kron(zero,zero); zo = kron(zero,one);
oz = kron(one,zero); oo = kron(one,one);
cout << "UH|0> = "; print(cout,Hadamard(zero))<< endl;
cout << "UH|1> = "; print(cout,Hadamard(one)) << endl;
cout << endl;
cout << "UXOR|00> = "; print(cout,XOR(zz)) << endl;
cout << "UXOR|01> = "; print(cout,XOR(zo)) << endl;
cout << "UXOR|10> = "; print(cout,XOR(oz)) << endl;
cout << "UXOR|11> = "; print(cout,XOR(oo)) << endl;
cout << endl;
cout << "UBELL|00> = "; print(cout,Bell(zz)) << endl;
cout << "UBELL|01> = "; print(cout,Bell(zo)) << endl;
cout << "UBELL|10> = "; print(cout,Bell(oz)) << endl;
cout << "UBELL|11> = "; print(cout,Bell(oo)) << endl;
cout << endl;
cout << "USWAP|00> = "; print(cout,Swap(zz)) << endl;
cout << "USWAP|01> = "; print(cout,Swap(zo)) << endl;
cout << "USWAP|10> = "; print(cout,Swap(oz)) << endl;
cout << "USWAP|11> = "; print(cout,Swap(oo)) << endl;
cout << endl;
qreg=kron(a*zero+b*one,kron(zero,zero));
cout << "UTELEPORT("; print(cout,qreg) << ") = ";
print(cout,qreg=Teleport(qreg)) << endl;
cout << "Results after measurement of first 2 qubits:" << endl;
tp00 = Measure(Measure(qreg,0,0),1,0);
tp01 = Measure(Measure(qreg,0,0),1,1);
tp10 = Measure(Measure(qreg,0,1),1,0);
tp11 = Measure(Measure(qreg,0,1),1,1);
Equations simplify = (a*a==1-b*b,1/sqrt(1/Symbolic(4))==2);
tp00 = tp00.subst_all(simplify);
tp01 = tp01.subst_all(simplify);
tp10 = tp10.subst_all(simplify);
tp11 = tp11.subst_all(simplify);
cout << " |00> : " ; print(cout,tp00) << endl;
cout << " |01> : " ; print(cout,tp01) << endl;
cout << " |10> : " ; print(cout,tp10) << endl;
cout << " |11> : " ; print(cout,tp11) << endl;
cout << endl;
psiGHZ=kron(zz,zero)*sqrt12+kron(oo,one)*sqrt12;
cout << "Greenberger-Horne-Zeilinger state : ";
print(cout,psiGHZ) << endl;
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 318
Chapter 13
Cloning
13.1 Introduction
Cloning is the duplication of information. Cloning is necessarily a physical
process. Obviously we have to find unitary transformations for the cloning
process. The no cloning theorem is a result of quantum mechanics which
forbids the creation of identical copies of an arbitrary unknown quantum
state. However, approximate copies still have many uses in quantum com-
puting. Owing to the superposition principle of quantum mechanics it is not
possible in general to clone an arbitrary quantum state. As a consequence
any successful attempt to clone a state will destroy the original state in the
process. Quantum cloning machines are devices for approximately cloning
arbitrary quantum states. Suppose we want to clone the state |ψi ∈ H to
obtain
|ψi ⊗ |ψi.
The approximate cloning operation yields some mixed state ρ in the product
Hilbert space H ⊗ H. The fidelity of the cloning process for |ψi is given by
hψ|trH (ρ)|ψi
319
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 320
where ⊕ is the XOR operation. Show that the CNOT gate can be used to
clone a bit.
Problem 3. Let
x1
x= , x1 x∗1 + x2 x∗2 = 1
x2
Cloning 321
Solution 3. Such a matrix does not exist. This can be seen as follows.
From the right-hand side of (1) we have
x1 x1 x1 0 x1 0
⊗ = + ⊗ + =
x2 x2 0 x2 0 x2
x1 x1 x1 0 0 x1 0 0
⊗ + ⊗ + ⊗ + ⊗ .
0 0 0 x2 x2 0 x2 x2
On the other hand, from the left-hand side of (1) we find
x1 1 x1 1 0 1
U ⊗ =U ⊗ + ⊗
x2 0 0 0 x2 0
x1 x1 0 0
= ⊗ + ⊗
0 0 x2 x2
where we used the linearity of the unitary matrix U . Comparing these two
equations we find a contradiction. This is the no cloning theorem.
The equation can be satisfied if hψ|φi = 0 (|ψi and |φi are orthonormal to
each other) or hψ|φi = 1, i.e. |ψi = |φi.
Cloning 323
1 1
(1 + n · m)|0ih0| ⊗ |0ih0| + (1 − n · m)|1ih1| ⊗ |1ih1|.
2 2
If we trace out either qubit we are left with the same density operator, i.e.
this is symmetric cloning. The fidelity for |ψi (symmetric cloning) is given
by
2 2
1 1 1
(1 + n · m) + (1 − n · m) = (1 + (n · m)2 ).
2 2 2
To determine the average fidelity we integrate over all m ∈ R3 with kmk =
1. Thus we use spherical coordinates
Then
n · m = n1 sin(θ) cos(φ) + n2 sin(θ) sin(φ) + n3 cos(θ).
Consequently the average fidelity is given by
Z
1 1
(1 + (n · m)2 ) dm
4π kmk=1 2
Z π Z 2π
1 1
= (1 + n · m)2 ) sin(θ)dφ dθ
4π 0 0 2
1 1 π 2 3
Z
= + (n1 sin (θ) + n22 sin3 (θ) + 2n23 cos2 (θ) sin(θ))dθ
2 8 0
1 1 π
Z
= + (2 cos2 (θ) sin(θ) + (n21 + n22 )(sin(θ) − 3 cos2 (θ) sin(θ))) dθ
2 8 0
2
=
3
Programming Problem
Problem 2. Let
x1
x = x2 , x1 x∗1 + x2 x∗2 + x3 x∗3 = 1
x3
Chapter 14
Quantum Algorithms
14.1 Introduction
An algorithm is a precise description of how to realize a given objective,
for example solving a computational problem. We distinguish between
classical and quantum algorithms where quantum physical resources are
used. Quantum algorithms run on quantum computers and thus utilizing
unitary transformations such as the quantum Fourier transform and super-
position. Some quantum algorithms also utilize entanglement. Quantum
algorithms include: quantum counting, quantum phase estimation algo-
rithm, Deutsch’s algorithm, Deutsch-Josza algorithm, Simon’s algorithm,
Shor’s algorithm, Gover’s algorithm and hidden subgroup problem. Quan-
tum counting algorithm is a quantum algorithm for counting the number
of solutions for a given search problem. The quantum phase estimation
algorithm is used to find the eigenphase of a normalized eigenvector of a
unitary gate (unitary matrix) given a quantum state proportional to the
normalized eigenvector and access to the unitary gate. Deutsch’s problem
leads to the simplest quantum algorithm. Consider the Boolean functions f
that map { 0, 1 } to { 0, 1 }. There are exactly four such functions: two con-
stant functions (f (0) = f (1) = 0 and f (0) = f (1) = 1) and two balanced
functions (f (0) = 0, f (1) = 1 and f (0) = 1, f (1) = 0). In Deutsch’s prob-
lem one is allowed to evaluate the function only once and we are required
to deduce from the result whether f is constant or balanced. Thus we are
asked for the global property of f . A generalization is the Deutsch-Josza
325
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 326
f : { 0, 1 }n → { 0, 1 }
in the following way. Assume that, for one of these functions, it is promised
that it either constant or balanced (i.e. has an equal number of 0’s outputs
as 1’s) and consider the goal of determining which of the two properties
the function actually has. Given a boolean function f : {0, 1}n → {0, 1}.
Assume that f is known to be invariant under some n-bit XOR mask b.
Simon’s problem is to determine b. Shor’s algorithm solves the discrete log-
arithm problem and the integer factorization problem. Grover’s algorithm
searches an unsorted database with N entries for a marked entry. The
algorithms of Deutsch, Simon, Shor and others can be formulated group
theoretically as a hidden subgroup problem. Let f be a function from a
finitely generated group G to a finite set such that f is constant on the
cosets of a subgroup K and distinct on each on each coset. The cosets of
K are the sets
g · K := { g · k : k ∈ K }, g ∈ G.
The cosets partition the group G, i.e. the union of all cosets is the set of
the group G and every two cosets are equal or their intersection is empty.
Thus one writes
K = { k ∈ G : f (k · g) = f (g), ∀ g ∈ G }.
The problem is, for a given f and G determine the hidden subgroup K.
m
2X −1
F2m
|ai → exp(2πiay/2m )|yi
y=0
y = y0 y1 · · · yn−1
f : { 0, 1 }n × { 0, 1 }n → { 0, 1 }
0 ⊕ 0 = 0, 0 ⊕ 1 = 1, 1 ⊕ 0 = 1, 1 ⊕ 1 = 0.
How many bits has Bob to send to Alice so that she can determine f ?
(ii) Consider the inner product modulo-2 function
0 · 0 = 0, 0 · 1 = 0, 1 · 0 = 0, 1 · 1 = 1.
What is the minimum number of bits Bob has to send to Alice so that she
can compute this function?
Solution 1. (i) Obviously Bob has to send only one bit, the one he finds
by computing y0 ⊕ y1 ⊕ · · · ⊕ yn−1 .
(ii) Bob must send all n bits in order for Alice to compute f .
f1 (0) := UH , f1 (1) := I2
Let
1
|ψi := (|001i + |010i + |100i − |111i).
2
For each triple (xA , xB , xC ) found in the first part of the problem, calculate
Solution 2. We have
We note the symmetry of the state |ψi with respect to qubit ordering. Thus
we need only to calculate the transform for (0, 0, 1) and (1, 1, 1). For (1, 1, 1)
we have f3 (1, 1, 1)|ψi = (I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 )|ψi = |ψi. Measuring the qubits yields
1 1
|ψi = (|01i + |10i) ⊗ |0i + (|00i − |11i) ⊗ |1i
2 2
we obtain
1 1
f3 (0, 0, 1)|ψi = (|00i − |11i) ⊗ |0i + (|01i + |10i) ⊗ |1i.
2 2
We find that measuring the qubits yields
(xA , xB , xC ) xA · xB · xC sA + sB + sC mod 2
(0,0,1) 0 0
(0,1,0) 0 0
(1,0,0) 0 0
(1,1,1) 1 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 329
Bob and Carol need only to send one bit each (SB and SC ) to Alice for
Alice to compute f (xA , xB , xC ) = SA + SB + SC , for any n. In other words
the communication complexity is 2. Classically, for n ≥ 3, three bits of
communication are required.
x + y + z = 0 mod 2. (1)
(x + y + z) mod 4
f (x, y, z) :=
2
when the condition (1) holds?
(ii) Now use the binary representation for x = x1 x0 , y = y1 y0 and z = z1 z0
where x0 , x1 , y0 , y1 , z0 , z1 ∈ {0, 1}. Describe the condition x + y + z =
0 mod 2 in terms of x0 , x1 , y0 , y1 , z0 and z1 .
(iii) We use the map
f1 (0) = I2 , f1 (1) = UH .
Thus we can map from the triple (x0 , y0 , z0 ) to linear operators acting on
three qubits
f3 (x0 , y0 , z0 ) = f1 (x0 ) ⊗ f1 (y0 ) ⊗ f1 (z0 ).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 330
Let
1
|ψi := (|000i − |011i − |101i − |110i).
2
For each triple (x0 , y0 , z0 ) found in part (i) calculate
(0, 0, 0), (0, 1, 1), (0, 0, 2), (1, 1, 2), (0, 2, 2), (0, 1, 3), (2, 2, 2), (1, 2, 3), (0, 3, 3).
f (x, y, z) = x1 ⊕ y1 ⊕ z1 ⊕ (x0 + y0 + z0 ).
(iii) We note the symmetry of the state |ψi with respect to the qubit or-
dering. Thus we need only calculate the transform for (0, 0, 0) and (0, 1, 1).
For (0, 0, 0) we have
Therefore
1 1
f3 (0, 1, 1)|ψi = |0i ⊗ (|01i + |10i) − |1i ⊗ (|00i − |11i).
2 2
We find that measuring the qubits yields
(sx , sy , sz ) ∈ { (0, 1, 0), (1, 0, 0), (0, 0, 1), (1, 1, 1) }
with equal probability. In each case sx + sy + sz = 1 mod 2.
(x0 , y0 , z0 ) x0 + y0 + z0 sx + sy + sz mod 2
(0,0,0) 0 0
(0,1,1) 1 1
(1,0,1) 1 1
(1,1,0) 1 1
We find that (sx + sy + sz mod 2) = x0 + y0 + z0 . Thus for three parties
to calculate f (x, y, z), where each party has one of the x, y and z, it is
sufficient for each party to send one bit (x1 ⊕ sx or y1 ⊕ sy or z1 ⊕ sz ) to the
other parties to calculate f (x, y, z). In other words each party can calculate
x1 ⊕ sx ⊕ y1 ⊕ sy ⊕ z1 ⊕ sz = x1 ⊕ y1 ⊕ z1 ⊕ (x0 + y0 + z0 ) = f (x, y, z)
after communication. In other words three bits broadcast to all parties
are sufficient to calculate f (x, y, z), the communication complexity is 3 bits.
Classically it is necessary that 4 bits be broadcast.
eigenvalue eigenvector
1 √1 (|0i + |1i)
2
(−1)x √1 (|0i − |1i)
2
(ii) We have
Uf = (1 − f (0))|00ih00| + f (0)|01ih00|
+f (0)|00ih01| + (1 − f (0))|01ih01|
+(1 − f (1))|10ih10| + f (1)|11ih10|
+f (1)|10ih11| + (1 − f (1))|11ih11|
= |0ih0| ⊗ ((1 − f (0))|0ih0| + f (0)|1ih0|)
+|0ih0| ⊗ (f (0)|0ih1| + (1 − f (0))|1ih1|)
+|1ih1| ⊗ ((1 − f (1))|0ih0| + f (1)|1ih0|)
+|1ih1| ⊗ (f (1)|0ih1| + (1 − f (1))|1ih1|)
= |0ih0| ⊗ ((1 − f (0))(|0ih0| + |1ih1|) + f (0)(|0ih1| + |1ih0|))
+|1ih1| ⊗ ((1 − f (1))(|0ih0| + |1ih1|) + f (1)(|0ih1| + |1ih0|))
= |0ih0| ⊗ A(f (0)) + |1ih1| ⊗ A(f (1)).
(iii) We find
1 1
Uf I2 ⊗ √ (|0i − |1i) = |0ih0| ⊗ A(f (0)) √ (|0i − |1i)
2 2
1
+|1ih1| ⊗ A(f (1)) √ (|0i − |1i)
2
1
= |0ih0| ⊗ (−1)f (0) √ (|0i − |1i)
2
f (1) 1
+|1ih1| ⊗ (−1) √ (|0i − |1i)
2
1
= (−1)f (0) |0ih0| ⊗ √ (|0i − |1i)
2
f (1) 1
+(−1) |1ih1| ⊗ √ (|0i − |1i)
2
= (−1)f (0) |0ih0| + (−1)f (0)+f (1) |1ih1| ⊗ I2
1
× I2 ⊗ √ (|0i − |1i) .
2
Thus when f (0) = f (1) we apply the identity operator to the first qubit
and when f (0) 6= f (1) we apply a phase change to the first qubit. The
eigenvalues (−1)f (0) and (−1)f (1) are said to kick back to the first qubit.
A phase change combined with two Walsh-Hadamard transforms in the
appropriate order implements a NOT gate.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 333
Problem 5. (i) Alice and Bob share n entangled pairs of the form
√1 (|00i + |11i). We can write their shared state of 2n qubits in the form
2
of the generalized Bell state
n
2 −1
1 X
|ψi = √ |ji ⊗ |ji (1)
2n j=0
where the first n qubits belong to Alice and the second n qubits belong
to Bob. Furthermore Alice has 2n bits a0 , . . . , a2n −1 and Bob has 2n bits
b0 , . . . , b2n −1 . Let the unitary operators UP A and UP B act on the compu-
tational basis as follows
since
! n−1
O O
UH |ji = UH |js i
n s=0
n−1
O 1
= UH √ (|0i + (−1)js |1i)
s=0
2
n
2X −1
= (−1)j0 k0 +j1 k1 +···+jn−1 kn−1 |ki
k=0
and
In other words the probability of measuring |ki ⊗ |ki for a given k is 2−n .
Furthermore n n
2X −1 2X −1
−n −n
2 =2 1 = 1.
k=0 k=0
1 1
|0H i := √ (|0i + |1i), |1H i := √ (|0i − |1i)
2 2
UP S := |0ih0| − |1ih1|.
1
h0H |0H i = (h0|0i + h0|1i + h1|0i + h1|1i) = 1
2
1
h1H |1H i = (h0|0i − h0|1i − h1|0i + h1|1i) = 1
2
1
h0H |1H i = (h0|0i − h0|1i + h1|0i − h1|1i) = 0
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 336
1 1
|h0|0H i|2 = |(h0|0i + h0|1i|2 =
2 2
1 1
|h0|1H i|2 = |(h0|0i − h0|1i|2 = .
2 2
Thus measurement projects the state |0i onto |0H i and |1H i with equal
probability.
(iii) Starting with |0i, we can obtain |0H i and |1H i by measurement in the
|0H i and |1H i basis and applying UP S as follows
1
|0H i ⊗ |0H i = (|00i + |01i + |10i + |11i).
2
Thus
1
Uf |0H i ⊗ |0H i = (|0f (0)i + |0f (0)i + |1f (1)i + |1f (1)i)
2
1
= (1 − f (0))|00i + f (0)|01i + f (0)|00i + (1 − f (0))|01i
2
+(1 − f (1))|10i + f (1)|11i + f (1)|10i + (1 − f (1))|11i
= |0H i ⊗ |0H i.
1
|0H i ⊗ |1H i = (|00i − |01i + |10i − |11i).
2
Thus
1
Uf |0H i ⊗ |1H i = (|0f (0)i − |0f (0)i + |1f (1)i − |1f (1)i)
2
1
= ((1 − f (0))|00i + f (0)|01i − f (0)|00i − (1 − f (0))|01i
2
+(1 − f (1))|10i + f (1)|11i − f (1)|10i − (1 − f (1))|11i)
1
= ((1 − 2f (0))|00i − (1 − 2f (0))|01i
2
+(1 − 2f (1))|10i − (1 − 2f (1))|11i)
1
= ((−1)f (0) |00i − (−1)f (0) |01i
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 337
provided that
n−1
X
xj ≡ 0 (mod) 2.
j=0
US |ψ+ i = |ψ− i
US |ψ− i = |ψ+ i.
1 X
(UH ⊗ UH ⊗ · · · ⊗ UH )|ψ− i = √ |y0 y1 · · · yn−1 i
2n−1 ∆(y)=1 (mod 2)
where
n−1
X
∆(y) := yj
j=0
Pn−1
such that ∆(y) ≡ 0 (mod 2) after step 2. It follows that j=0 yi , the
number of players who measure and output 1, is even. If the number
of players who Papply S to their qubit is congruent to 2 modulo 4, which
n−1
means that 21 j=0 xj is odd, then the state evolves to |ψ− i after step 1 and
therefore to a superposition of all |yi ≡ |y0 y1 · · · yn−1 i such that ∆(y) ≡ 1
Pn−1
(mod 2) after step 2. In this case j=0 yj is odd. In either case, (1) is
satisfied at the end of the protocol.
g(x0 , x1 , y0 , y1 ) := x1 ⊕ y1 ⊕ (x0 · y0 )
where ⊕ denotes the XOR operation and · denotes the AND operation.
Furthermore Alice and Bob share an EPR pair (Bell state)
1
√ (|00i − |11i).
2
Alice applies the unitary matrix
π π
U R − + x0 ⊗ I2
16 4
to her qubit of the EPR pair and Bob applies the unitary matrix
π π
I2 ⊗ UR − + y0
16 4
to his qubit of the EPR pair, where
cos(θ) − sin(θ)
UR (θ) := .
sin(θ) cos(θ)
Let a denote the result of Alice measuring her qubit of the EPR pair and
let b denote the result of Bob measuring his qubit of the EPR pair. Find
the probability that a ⊕ b = x0 · y0 , where ⊕ denotes the boolean XOR
operation and · denotes the boolean AND operation.
a ⊕ b = x0 · y0
P (a ⊕ b = x0 · y0 ) = cos2 (π/8).
√ √ −1
is positive definite. Thus the positive definite matrices C −1 , C and C
exist. Is ρC : G → GL(n, C) defined by
√ √ −1
ρC (g) := Cρ(g) C
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 341
a unitary representation of G?
Problem 10. Let G be a finite abelian group with identity 0 and let
f : G → S for some finite set S. We use the orthonormal bases
{ |giG : g ∈ G } ⊂ C|G| and { |siS : s ∈ S } ⊂ C|S| .
Find a unitary operator Uf such that
Uf (|giG ⊗ |s0 iS ) = |giG ⊗ |f (g)iS
where s0 ∈ S.
Problem 11. Let G be a finite abelian group with identity 0 and let
f : G → S for some finite set S. We use the orthonormal bases
{ |gi : g ∈ G } ⊂ C|G| .
1 XX
UF (G) := p χu (v)|uihv|
|G| u∈G v∈G
1 X
p |giG ⊗ |f (g)iX .
|G| g∈G
Show how measurement of the second system in the basis BX and then
performing the quantum Fourier transform over the group structure for the
first system can be used to find K.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 343
Solution 12. We can factor out the second state according to the cosets
of K !
1 X X
p |g · kiG ⊗ |f (g)iX .
|G| g·K k∈K
Measuring the second state in the basis BX projects the first state, for some
g, onto
1 X
p |g · kiG .
|K| k∈K
Applying UF (G) yields
!
1 X 1 X X
UF (G) p |g · kiG = p χu (g · k) |uiG
|K| k∈K |G| · |K| u∈G k∈K
!
1 X X
=p χu (g) χu (k) |uiG
|G| · |K| u∈G k∈K
In the last result we find non-zero probability amplitudes for |uiG when
χu (k) = 1 for all k ∈ K. Measurement of the state yields u ∈ G with
χu (k) = 1 ∀k ∈ K. We can consequently test the different K against χu . If
K has a generator k0 , then χu (k0 ) = 1 so that measurement provides the
possibility of recovering the generator of K. In general, the process must
be repeated since we may have found a generator for a subgroup.
Problem 13. (i) The CHSH game is a game between a referee from one
side and two player (named Alice and Bob) from the other side. Alice and
Bob are separated and not allowed to communicate till the game is over.
Let a, b, x, y ∈ {0, 1}. The game starts with a referee selecting two bits x
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 344
|ψi
f = (I2 ⊗ I2 )|ψi, f 2.
p00 = |hψ||ψi|
If Alice receives x = 0 and Bob receives y = 1, then calculate
|ψi
f = (I2 ⊗ RB )|ψi, f 2.
p01 = |hψ||ψi|
If Alice receives x = 1 and Bob receives y = 0, then calculate
|ψi
f = (RA ⊗ I2 )|ψi, f 2.
p10 = |hψ||ψi|
If Alice receives x = 1 and Bob receives y = 1, then calculate
|ψi
f = (RA ⊗ RB )|ψi, f 2.
p11 = |hψ||ψi|
Calculate the probability
1 1 1 1
p= p00 + p01 + p10 + p11
4 4 4 4
and show that p > 3/4. Note that
√ √
q q
1 1
cos(π/8) = 2 + 2, sin(π/8) = 2 − 2,
2 2
1√
cos2 (π/8) − sin2 (π/8) = 2.
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 345
x y a b x·y a⊕b w
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0 1 1 0 0 1 0
0 1 1 1 0 0 1
1 0 0 0 0 0 1
1 0 0 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 0 0 1 0
1 0 1 1 0 0 1
1 1 0 0 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 0 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 0 0
From the truth table we find the following. If Alice always submits a = 0
and Bob always submits b = 0 the winning probability for Alice and Bob
is 3/4. Analogously, if Alice always submits a = 1 and Bob always submits
b = 1 the winning probability for Alice and Bob is 3/4.
(ii) Obviously for (x = 0, y = 0) we obtain p00 = 1. For (x = 0, y = 1) we
obtain p01 = cos2 (π/8). For (x = 1, y = 0) we obtain p10 = cos2 (π/8) For
(x = 1, y = 1) we have
1
(RA ⊗ RB )|ψi = (RA ⊗ RB ) √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
1
= √ ((RA |0i) ⊗ (RB |0i) + (RA |1i) ⊗ (RB |1i))
2
1
= √ (cos(π/4)|0i ⊗ |0i − sin(π/4)|0i ⊗ |1i
2
+ sin(π/4)|1i ⊗ |0i + cos(π/4)|1i ⊗ |1i)
where we utilized that
cos2 (π/8)−sin2 (π/8) = cos(π/4) = sin(π/4), 2 sin(π/8) cos(π/8) = sin(π/4).
It follows that
1
|hψ|(RA ⊗ RB )|ψi|2 = .
2
Hence
√
1 3 1 2 5 2
p = (p00 + p01 + p10 + p11 ) = + cos (π/8) = + ≈ 0.8018
4 8 2 8 8
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 346
Programming Problems
where ⊕ is the XOR operation and · is the AND operation. Give a C++
implementation utilizing the bitset class.
// scalarproduct.cpp
// c++ -std=c++11 -o scalarproduct scalarproduct.cpp
#include <iostream>
#include <string>
#include <bitset>
using namespace std;
int main(void)
{
// least significant bit on the right-hand side
const int n=8;
bitset<n> b1(string("10001010"));
bitset<n> b2(string("00110111"));
cout << b2[0] << endl << endl;
int temp[n];
int j;
for(j=0;j<n;j++)
{
temp[j] = b1[j] & b2[j];
cout << temp[j] << endl;
}
cout << endl;
int scalar = temp[0] ^ temp[1];
for(int j=2;j<n;j++)
{
scalar = scalar ^ temp[j];
}
cout << scalar << endl;
return 0;
}
// bitequation.cpp
#include <iostream>
#include <bitset>
using namespace std;
int main(void)
{
bitset<1> a;
bitset<1> b;
bitset<1> x;
bitset<1> y;
int j1,j2,j3,j4;
cout << "The solutions are: " << endl;
for(j1=0;j1<=1;j1++)
for(j2=0;j2<=1;j2++)
for(j3=0;j3<=1;j3++)
for(j4=0;j4<=1;j4++)
{
a = j1; b = j2; x = j3; y = j4;
if((a & b)==(x ^ y))
{ cout << "a = " << j1 << " " << "b = " << j2 << " "
<< "x = " << j3 << " " << "y = " << j4 << endl;
}
}
return 0;
}
given by
1 1 1 1
1 1 ω ω2 3
ω
U= .
2 1 ω2 ω4 ω6
1 ω3 ω6 ω 9
1 1 1 1
1 1 ω ω2 3
ω
U= .
2 1 ω2 1 ω2
1 ω3 ω2 ω
Show that the matrix is unitary. Then find the four eigenvalues. Apply
matrix to the normalized vector
1
1 1
φ = .
2 1
1
Discuss.
/* Fourier.mac */
om: exp(2*%pi*%i/4);
F: matrix([1,1,1,1],[1,om,om^2,om^3],[1,om^2,1,om^2],[1,om^3,om^2,om])/2;
F: trigexpand(F);
FT: transpose(F);
FTC: conjugate(FT);
R: F . FTC;
phi: matrix([1],[1],[1],[1])/2;
psi: F . phi;
eigenvalues(F);
1
0
Fφ = .
0
0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 349
|ψ1 i = U |2i.
|ψk i = Pk |ψ1 i, k = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Next find U ∗ and check it is really the inverse of U . Then calculate the six
normalized states
U ∗ |ψk i, k = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
Finally find the twelve probabilities
Discuss. This exercise plays a role for the quantum permutation algorithm.
f := { 0, 1, . . . , 2n − 1 } → { 0, 1}.
Show that n
2X −1 X
1
Uf := |jihj| ⊗ |k ⊕ f (j)ihk|
j=0 k=0
Chapter 15
Quantum Error
Correction
15.1 Introduction
In classical communication theory where bits are communicated, the only
possible type of error that can occur is a bit flip. In the quantum case
any rotation or phase change in the Hilbert space of the quantum state is
an error. Thus there are an infinite number of different errors that could
occur just for a single qubit. Fortunately the measurement process involves
the projection of the quantum state into a compatible subspace. Thus
measurement to determine the occurrence of an error reduces the error to
one compatible with the measurement. Suppose the data is contained in
the state |ψi, and the environment is described by the state |Ei. The
initial state of the entire system is described by the tensor product of the
states |ψi ⊗ |Ei, which evolves according to some unitary operation U . The
state |ψi evolves according to the unitary operation Uψ which describes a
quantum algorithm. In classical error correction codes, all that needs to be
corrected are bit flips. In the quantum case errors such as bit flips, phase
changes and rotations complicate the error correction techniques. Since
arbitrary errors in an encoding of information cannot be corrected, only
certain types of errors are assumed to occur. The types of errors depend on
the implementation. For example, suppose the types of errors (which we
assume are distinguishable due to an encoding) are described by the unitary
351
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 352
E = c1 E1 + · · · + cn En , Ej† Ej = I
Measuring the second register identifies the error. Suppose the measure-
ment corresponds to |ki, then the error can be repaired since
α|1i + β|0i
i.e. we apply the operator |0ih1|. The phase-flip error changes the normal-
ized state into
α|0i − β|1i
i.e. we apply the operator |0ih0| + eiπ |1ih1|.
(i) XZ, ZX
(ii) UCN OT (X ⊗ I2 )UCN OT
(iii) UCN OT (I2 ⊗ X)UCN OT
(iv) UCN OT (Z ⊗ I2 )UCN OT
(v) UCN OT (I2 ⊗ Z)UCN OT
(vi) UCN OT (X ⊗ X)UCN OT
(vii) UCN OT (Z ⊗ Z)UCN OT
(viii) UCN OT UCN OT
where
(i) XZ = −Y, ZX = Y
(ii) UCN OT (X ⊗ I2 )UCN OT = X ⊗ X
(iii) UCN OT (I2 ⊗ X)UCN OT = I2 ⊗ X
(iv) UCN OT (Z ⊗ I2 )UCN OT = Z ⊗ I2
(v) UCN OT (I2 ⊗ Z)UCN OT = Z ⊗ Z
(vi) UCN OT (X ⊗ X)UCN OT = X ⊗ I2
(vii) UCN OT (Z ⊗ Z)UCN OT = I2 ⊗ Z
(viii) UCN OT UCN OT = I2 ⊗ I2 .
Problem 2. Suppose that the only errors which can occur to three qubits
are described by the set of 8 × 8 unitary matrices
to the state
1
√ (|00i + |11i) ⊗ |ψi
2
yields the state
1 1
α √ (|00i + |11i) ⊗ |ψi + β √ (|01i + |10i) ⊗ (a|1i + b|0i)
2 2
1 1
+δ √ (|00i − |11i) ⊗ (a|0i − b|1i) + γ √ (|01i − |10i) ⊗ (a|1i − b|0i).
2 2
Thus we measure the first two qubits in the Bell basis and apply the cor-
responding transform to the last qubit to obtain |ψi.
measure transform
√1 (|00i+ |11i) I2
2
√1 (|01i + |10i) UN OT
2
√1 (|00i − |11i) UP
2
√1 (|01i − |10i) UN OT UP
2
Hint. The n-qubit states representing qubits with errors should be distinct
(orthogonal) for distinct errors and distinct from the case where there are
no errors.
(ii) For k = 1 we have the bound 2(1 + 3n) ≤ 2n . In other words, for k = 1
we find n ≥ 5.
is non trivial (does not consist only of the zero state). The set S is called
the stabilizer of the code CS .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 356
(ii) Let [E, M ] = 0 for some M ∈ S. What can be said about E|ψi when
|ψi ∈ CS ?
(iii) Let [E, M ]+ = 0 for some M ∈ S. What can be said about E|ψi when
|ψi ∈ CS ?
Thus we have two single qubit errors σ1 ⊗ I2 and I2 ⊗ σ1 . For the second
type of single qubit error we have
1 1 1
UCN OT √ (I2 + σ1 ) ⊗ I2 |10i = UCN OT √ (|10i + |00i) = √ (|00i + |11i).
2 2 2
Here we find that the error cannot be expressed in terms of single qubit
errors.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 357
Solution 7. Suppose the single qubit error occurs on the j-th qubit, and
that the encoding |1̃i and |0̃i is n qubits long. Thus the error is
j−1
! 2n
1 O O
E := √ I2 ⊗ (I2 + σ1 ) ⊗ I2 .
2 k=1 k=j+1
Let ŨCN OT denote the pairwise application of the controlled NOT opera-
tion. Then
∗
ŨCN OT E|1̃0̃i = ŨCN OT E ŨCN OT ŨCN OT |1̃0̃i.
×ŨCN OT |1̃0̃i.
Programming Problem
4 3
E|φi = √ (|1i⊗|0i⊗|0i−|0i⊗|1i⊗|1i)+ √ (|0i⊗|1i⊗|0i−|1i⊗|0i⊗|1i).
5 2 5 2
Then apply the syndrome extraction to (E|ψi) ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i ⊗ |0i.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 359
Chapter 16
Quantum Cryptography
16.1 Introduction
Cryptography usually involves a key or keys to be used in encryption and
decryption algorithms. Classical cryptography generally relies on maps that
are perceived to be very difficult to invert with incomplete information.
One popular algorithm due to Rivest, Shamir and Adelman is the RSA
algorithm
359
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 360
whether a message has been intercepted. For example, when one qubit of
an EPR pair is measured the correlation is destroyed which can be tested
with Bell’s inequality.
C ≡ M e mod n, M ≡ C d mod n.
(i) Let gcd(a, n) = 1. Show that p and q can be determined from even
r ∈ N if ar ≡ 1 mod n, ar/2 6≡ 1 mod n, ar/2 6≡ 1 mod n.
(ii) Illustrate (i) with p = 5, q = 11 and a = 6.
(iii) Show that M can be determined from C and t ∈ N, where (t minimal)
C et ≡ C mod n.
Consequently
r r
[(a 2 − 1) mod n][(a 2 + 1) mod n] = kn = kpq
1, 6, 36, 216 ≡ 51, ≡ 306 ≡ 31, ≡ 186 ≡ 21, ≡ 126 ≡ 16, ≡ 96 ≡ 41,
65 − 1 = 7775 ≡ 20 mod n.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 361
55 = 2 · 20 + 15, 20 = 1 · 15 + 5, 15 = 3 · 5 + 0
C t ≡ M et ≡ C det ≡ (C et )d ≡ C d ≡ M mod n.
(iv) We find
C e = 489 = 49 49 39 ≡ 14 · 14 · 48 ≡ 3.
The powers (from 0) of C e in modulo 5 · 11 = 55 arithmetic are
Problem 4. Let
denote an orthonormal basis in the Hilbert space C2 . The states |Hi and
|V i can be identified with the horizontal and vertical polarization of a
photon. Let
1 1
B2 := |φ0 i := √ (|Hi + |V i), |φ1 i := √ (|Hi − |V i)
2 2
denote a second orthonormal basis in C2 . These states are identified with
the 45o and -45o polarization of a photon. Alice sends photons randomly
prepared in one of the four states |Hi, |V i, |φ0 i and |φ1 i to Bob. Bob
then randomly chooses a basis B1 or B2 to measure the polarization of the
photon. All random decisions follow the uniform distribution. Alice and
Bob interpret |ψ0 i as binary 0 and |ψ1 i as binary 1 in the basis B1 . They
interpret |φ0 i as binary 0 and |φ1 i as binary 1 in the basis B2 .
(i) What is the probability that Bob measures the photon in the state
prepared by Alice, i.e. what is the probability that the binary interpretation
is identical for Alice and Bob?
(ii) An eavesdropper (named Eve) intercepts the photons sent to Bob and
then resends a photon to Bob. Eve also detects the photon polarization in
one of the bases B1 or B2 before resending. What is the probability that
the binary interpretation is identical for Alice and Bob?
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 363
Solution 4. (i) The probability that Alice chooses to prepare a state from
the basis B1 is 12 and from B2 is 12 . Similarly the probabilities that Bob
chooses to measure in the basis B1 and B2 are also 12 . Thus the probability
that Alice and Bob measure in the same basis is 14 + 14 = 12 . To determine
the correlations in the binary interpretation we consider the two cases (a)
Alice and Bob use the same basis and (b) Alice and Bob use a different
basis. The cases (a) and (b) have equal probability of 21 . For the case (a)
Alice and Bob have the same binary interpretation. For the case (b) we
note that
1
|hψ0 |φ0 i|2 = |hψ0 |φ1 i|2 = |hψ1 |φ0 i|2 = |hψ1 |φ1 i|2 = .
2
In other words, if Bob uses the wrong basis he obtains the correct binary
interpretation with probability 21 . Therefore the total probability that Alice
and Bob have the same binary interpretation is
1 1 1 3
·1+ · = .
2 2 2 4
Thus 75% of the photons sent by Alice have an identical binary interpreta-
tion shared by Alice and Bob.
(ii) From (i) the probability that Alice and Eve, Eve and Bob, as well as
Alice and Bob measure in the same basis are all 14 + 41 = 12 . Also from
(i) we find that if Alice and Eve work in the same basis Bob has a 75%
chance of obtaining the correct result since Eve does not perturb the state
of the photon. Similarly if Bob and Eve work in the same basis Bob has
a 75% chance of obtaining the correct result since Bob does not perturb
the state of the photon after Eve resends it. Now we consider the case
when Eve uses a different basis from that of Alice and Bob. Suppose Alice
sends |ψ0 i from B1 , and Eve measures in B2 . Thus Eve will obtain |φ0 i
or |φ1 i with equal probability 12 . Now Bob measures in the basis B1 and
obtains |ψ0 i with probability 21 or |ψ1 i with probability 12 . Thus we can
construct the following table where P1 is the probability that Eve obtains
Alice’s binary interpretation of the state correctly and P2 is the probability
that Bob obtains Alice’s binary interpretation of the state correctly.
i.e. 62.5%.
Problem 5. (i) Consider the two-qubit singlet state in the Hilbert space
C4
1 1
|ψi = √ (|01i − |10i) ≡ √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i) .
2 2
Let U be a 2×2 unitary matrix with det(U ) = 1. Find the state (U ⊗U )|ψi.
(ii) Consider the state
1
|ψi = √ (2|0011i − |0101i − |0110i − |1001i − |1010i + 2|1100i)
2 3
in the Hilbert space C16 . This state is an extension of the two-qubit singlet
state given in (i). Calculate the state (U ⊗ U ⊗ U ⊗ U )|ψi.
(iii) The state given in (i) and (ii) can be extended to arbitrary N (N =
even) as follows
1 X N
|ψi = p p! − p !(−1)N/2−p |j1 j2 . . . jN i
(N/2)! N/2 + 1 permutations 2
0...01...1
where the sum is extended over all the states obtained by permuting the
state
|0 . . . 01 . . . 1i ≡ |0i ⊗ · · · ⊗ |0i ⊗ |1i ⊗ · · · ⊗ |1i
which contains the same number of 0s and 1s and p is the number of 0s in
the first N/2 positions. Thus the state is a singlet state. Let
U ⊗N ≡ U ⊗ · · · ⊗ U N − times
eiφ
(U ⊗ U )|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i) .
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 365
(U ⊗ U ⊗ U ⊗ U )|ψi = |ψi .
(iii) Using the result from (i), we also find U ⊗N |ψi = |ψi. The state |ψi
given in (iii) can be used to distribute cryptographic keys, encode quantum
information in decoherence-free subspaces, perform secret sharing, teleclone
quantum states, and also for solving the liar detection and Byzantine gen-
erals problems.
where F := (a22 + a33 − 2<a23 )/2. In terms of the Bell basis we have
1−F
ρW = F |ψ − ihψ − | + (|ψ + ihψ + | + |φ+ ihφ+ | + |φ− ihφ− |).
3
Problem 7. Let
1−F
ρW := F |φ+ ihφ+ | + (|ψ + ihψ + | + |ψ − ihψ − | + |φ− ihφ− |)
3
where F ∈ [0, 1] is the fidelity. Consider the unitary matrices
1 0 0 0 0 1
UBXOR1 := ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 + ⊗ I2 ⊗ ⊗ I2 ,
0 0 0 1 1 0
1 0 0 0 0 1
UBXOR2 := I2 ⊗ ⊗ I2 ⊗ I2 + I2 ⊗ ⊗ I2 ⊗
0 0 0 1 1 0
and UBXOR = UBXOR1 UBXOR2 (bilateral exclusive or). Let
∗
ρ := UBXOR (ρW ⊗ ρW )UBXOR .
Calculate the probability pc that the last two qubits of a system described
by ρ are found in the same state when measured with respect to the stan-
dard basis, i.e. the last two qubits are in one of the states
1 1 0 0
⊗ , ⊗ .
0 0 1 1
8F 2 − 4F + 5
pc = tr (ρ (I4 ⊗ Π)) = .
9
Thus the new fidelity F 0 is given by
10F 2 − 2F + 1
F0 = .
8F 2 − 4F + 5
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 367
Programming Problem
Problem 1. Alice and Bob share the entangled state (one of the four
Bell states)
1
|ψi = √ (|0iA ⊗ |0iB + |1iA ⊗ |1iB ).
2
Alice applies I2 ⊗ I2 to |ψi when she wants to send the bit string 00 and
sends (I2 ⊗ I2 )|ψi. Alice applies σ3 ⊗ I2 to |ψi when she wants to send the
bit string 01 and sends (σ3 ⊗ I2 )|ψi. Alice applies σ1 ⊗ I2 to |ψi when she
wants to send the bit string 10 and sends (σ1 ⊗I2 )|ψi. Alice applies iσ2 ⊗I2
to |ψi when she wants to send the bit string 11 and sends (iσ2 ⊗ I2 )|ψi.
What states are send to Bob?
Solution 1. We have
(I2 ⊗ I2 )|ψi = ψ
1
(σ3 ⊗ I2 )|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i − |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
1
(σ1 ⊗ I2 )|ψi = √ (|1i ⊗ |0i + |0i ⊗ |1i)
2
1
(iσ2 ⊗ I2 )|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i).
2
So we have the four Bell states which form an orthonormal basis in C4 .
The corresponding Maxima program is
/* AliceBob.mac */
I2: matrix([1,0],[0,1]);
sig1: matrix([0,1],[1,0]);
sig2: matrix([0,-%i],[%i,0]);
sig3: matrix([1,0],[0,-1]);
e0: matrix([1],[0]); e1: matrix([0],[1]);
psi: (kronecker_product(e0,e0)+kronecker_product(e1,e1))/sqrt(2);
t1: kronecker_product(I2,I2) . psi;
t2: kronecker_product(sig3,I2) . psi;
t3: kronecker_product(sig1,I2) . psi;
t4: kronecker_product(%i*sig2,I2) . psi;
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 368
with
1 1
|xi = √ (|ui + |vi), |yi = √ (|ui − |vi).
2 2
Thus we have mutually unbiased bases. Alice encodes her key-bits, for
example as a polarized photon, and sends it to Bob.
(i) Assume that Alice has chosen the state |xi with the density matrix
|xihx|. The state of Eve in C2 is |ψ0 i with the density matrix |ψ0 ihψ0 |. Eve
applies a unitary 4 × 4 matrix to the product state |xi ⊗ |ψ0 i
where |ξx i ⊥ |ζx i. Show that the density matrix for the post-interaction
∗
state |Xi is of the form ρAE
x = |XihX| = U (ρA E
x ⊗ ρ0 )U .
(ii) Show that when Alice sends the state |yi the entangled state
U (|yi ⊗ |ψ0 i) = |Y i
is of the form
p p
|Y i = β|yi ⊗ |ξy i + 1 − β|xi ⊗ |ζy i
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 1 0
U=√
2 0 1 −1 0
1 0 0 −1
and
1 0
|ui = , |vi = .
0 1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 369
Chapter 17
Quantum Channels
17.1 Introduction
We consider the Hilbert space H of n × n matrices over C with the scalar
product (Frobenius inner product)
hA, Bi := tr(AB ∗ )
with A, B ∈ H. We also consider the Hilbert space Cn and the vec oper-
ator. Given a n × m matrix the vec operator stacks the column on top of
each other.
Φ : S(HA ) → S(HB ).
369
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 370
Let Hn denote the vector space of n × n Hermitian matrices over the real
numbers. We say that ρ ∈ Hn is positive semi-definite (or ρ ≥ 0) if x∗ ρ x ≥
0 for all x ∈ Cn , or equivalently: all of the eigenvalues of ρ are non-negative.
A linear map ψ : Hn → Hp is TPCP (trace-preserving completely positive)
if
1. TP (trace-preserving): ∀ρ ∈ Hn , tr(ρ) = tr(ψ(ρ))
2. CP (completely positive): ∀m ∈ N, ρ ∈ Hmn ,
ρ≥0 ⇒ (ψ ⊗ Im×m )(ρ) ≥ 0
where Im×m is the identity operator on m × m matrices.
Let Hn be the vector space of the n × n hermitian matrices and H ∈ Hn .
Consider a family of n × n matrices V1 , . . . , Vm over C. Consider the
completely positive map Ψ : Hn → Hn defined by
m
X
Ψ(H) = Vj HVj∗
j=1
where
d
1 X
|Ωi = √ |ji ⊗ |ji
d j=1
and Ejk is the elementary matrix with 1 at entry (jk) and 0 otherwise.
|A| := dim(A), |B| := dim(B) denote the input and output dimension of
the quantum channel, respectively.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 371
Let m = n = 2 and
0 1 0 0
V1 = , V2 = .
0 0 1 0
Show that V1 and V2 are Kraus operators and find the associated Kraus
map.
Solution 1. Since
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
V1 V1∗ + V2 V2∗ = + =
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1
the matrices V1 and V2 are Kraus operators. The associated Kraus map is
a b 0 1 a b 0 0 0 0 a b 0 1
ψ = +
c d 0 0 c d 1 0 1 0 c d 0 0
d 0
= .
0 a
vec(ψ(X)) = Ψ vec(X)
Thus we find
m
X
Ψ := V j ⊗ Vj .
j=1
is given by
dim(H) dim(H)
X X
T (B) (A) := ajk |kihj|.
j=1 k=1
the map to arbitrary Hilbert spaces are positive. Every completely positive
map can be written in the form
X
(ρ) = Ak ρA∗k
k
1 0 0 1
+ + 1 0 0 0 0
|Φ ihΦ | = .
2 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 1
Thus we have
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1 0
(T ({|0i,|1i}) ⊗ I)(|Φ+ ihΦ+ |) = .
2 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 1
This last matrix has as eigenvalues 1 and −1. Consequently it is not positive
semidefinite.
K0 := (α|0ih0| + β|1ih1|) ⊗ I2
K1 := (β|1ih0| + α|0ih1|) ⊗ (|1ih0| + |0ih1|)
where αα∗ + ββ ∗ = 1.
(i) Show that K0∗ K0 + K1∗ K1 = I2 ⊗ I2 .
(ii) Let
1
|φi = α|0i ⊗ |0i + β|1i ⊗ |1i, |ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i).
2
Show that K0 |ψihψ|K0∗ + K1 |ψihψ|K1∗ = |φihφ|.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 374
A0 |ψihψ|A∗0 + A1 |ψihψ|A∗1 =
2
Solution 8. Any vector x in Cn can be written in the form
n
X
x= xs,t es ⊗ et
s,t=1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 377
X 2
n
n
X
∗
x ρ0 x = xii xjj = xii ≥ 0.
i,j=1 i=1
Express
n
X
ρ0 := (Eij ⊗ Eij ) ∈ Hn2
i,j=1
Solution 9. We find
X X
ρ0 = F ⊗F − G ⊗ G.
F ∈B1 G∈B2
2
n
X
Pi (ψ ⊗ In×n )(ρ0 )Pj∗ = ψ(E
e ij ) = Pi vk (Pj vk )∗
k=1
We have
n
X n
X
(ψ ⊗ In×n )(ρ0 ) = e ij ) ⊗ Eij =
ψ(E Eji ⊗ Eij .
i,j=1 i,j=1
2
Any vector x in C n can be written in the form
n
X
x= xs,t es ⊗ et
s,t=1
in general (consider x12 = −x21 = 1 and all other coefficients are zero).
Then
2 2
n
X n
X
∗
V (ρ ⊗ Im )V = δkl (Vk ρVl∗ ) ⊗ Ekk = (Vk ρVk∗ ) ⊗ Ekk
k,l=1 k=1
and
2
n
X
∗
trn2 (V (ρ ⊗ In2 )V ) = (Vk ρVk∗ )tr(Ekk ) = ψ(ρ).
k=1
ψ(ρ) = trm (V (ρ ⊗ Im )V ∗ )
Consider
2
n
X
A= (vec(Vek ))(vec(Vek ))∗ .
k=1
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 381
i.e.
a b a b 1 0
ψ = tr2 V ⊗ V∗
c d c d 0 1
3d 0 3c 0
1 0 d 0 −c 2d c
= tr2 = .
2 3b 0 3a 0 b 2a
0 −b 0 a
c†1 , c†2 , c1 , c2
K̂1 ÂK̂1† + K̂2 ÂK̂2† = a11 c†2 c2 + a22 c†1 c1 − (a11 + a22 )c†1 c1 c†2 c2 )
a22 0 c1
= c†1 c†2 − (a11 + a22 )c†1 c1 c†2 c2 .
0 a11 c2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 383
Programming Problem
Problem 1. Let µ ∈ [0, 1]. Apply computer algebra to show that the
2 × 2 matrices
√ √ √ √
1 + 3µ 1−µ 1−µ 1−µ
K0 = I2 , K1 = σ1 , K2 = σ2 , K3 = σ3
2 2 2 2
/* Kraus.mac */
I2: matrix([1,0],[0,1]);
sig1: matrix([0,1],[1,0]);
sig2: matrix([0,-%i],[%i,0]);
sig3: matrix([1,0],[0,-1]);
K0: sqrt(1+3*mu)*I2/2; K1: sqrt(1-mu)*sig1/2;
K2: sqrt(1-mu)*sig2/2; K3: sqrt(1-mu)*sig3/2;
K0TC: K0; K1TC: K1; K2TC: K2; K3TC: K3;
S: K0 . K0TC + K1 . K1TC + K2 . K2TC + K3 . K3TC;
S: ratsimp(S);
K00: kronecker_product(K0,K0); K01: kronecker_product(K0,K1);
K02: kronecker_product(K0,K2); K03: kronecker_product(K0,K3);
K10: kronecker_product(K1,K0); K11: kronecker_product(K1,K1);
K12: kronecker_product(K1,K2); K13: kronecker_product(K1,K3);
K20: kronecker_product(K2,K0); K21: kronecker_product(K2,K1);
K22: kronecker_product(K2,K2); K23: kronecker_product(K2,K3);
K30: kronecker_product(K3,K0); K31: kronecker_product(K3,K1);
K32: kronecker_product(K3,K2); K33: kronecker_product(K3,K3);
K00TC: K00; K01TC: K01; K02TC: K02; K03TC: K03;
K10TC: K10; K11TC: K11; K12TC: K12; K13TC: K13;
K20TC: K20; K21TC: K21; K22TC: K22; K23TC: K23;
K30TC: K30; K31TC: K31; K32TC: K32; K33TC: K33;
S: K00 . K00TC + K01 . K01TC + K02 . K02TC + K03 . K03TC
+ K10 . K10TC + K11 . K11TC + K12 . K12TC + K13 . K13TC
+ K20 . K20TC + K21 . K21TC + K22 . K22TC + K23 . K23TC
+ K30 . K30TC + K31 . K31TC + K32 . K32TC + K33 . K33TC;
S: ratsimp(S);
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 384
3
Problem
√ √ |0i, |1i, |2i be the standard basis in C and α = (2 −
1. Let
3)/4, β = 2 + 3. Show that
√ p p
K1 = α( β|0ih0| + |1ih1|) ⊗ ( β|0ih1| + |1ih0|)
√ p p
K2 = α(|1ih0| + β|0ih1|) ⊗ (|1ih1| + β|0ih0|)
√ p p
K3 = α( β|0ih0| + |1ih2|) ⊗ ( β|0ih2| + |1ih0|)
√ p p
K4 = α(|1ih0| + β|0ih2|) ⊗ (|1ih2| + β|0ih0|)
p
K5 = |1ih1| ⊗ (2 αβ|1ih1| + |2ih2|)
p
K6 = |2ih2| ⊗ (|1ih1| + 2αβ|2ih2|)
are Kraus operators in C9 .
Show that
m X
X m
(Kj ⊗ K` )(Kj∗ ⊗ K`∗ ) = In ⊗ In ≡ In2 .
j=1 `=1
Part II
Infinite-Dimensional
Hilbert Spaces
385
August 1, 2014 10:17 9in x 6in Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy. . . b1683-fm
Chapter 18
18.1 Introduction
Besides qubit-based quantum computing and quantum algorithms, quan-
tum information over continuous variables is also applied and used in fields
such as quantum teleportation and quantum cryptography. For continuous
systems Bose operators play the central role. Consider a family of linear
operators bj , b†j , j = 1, 2, . . . , m on an inner product space V , satisfying the
commutation relations (Heisenberg algebra)
where I is the identity operator. The operator b†j is called a Bose creation
operator and the operator bj is called an Bose annihilation operator. The
inner product space must be infinite dimensional for (1) to hold. For, if A
and B are n × n matrices such that [A, B] = λI, then
tr([A, B]) = 0
implies λ = 0.
bj |0i = 0|0i
387
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 388
Solution 2. We have
df (b)
[b† , f (b)] = − .
db
Thus
[b† , (βb† − β ∗ b)n ] = nβ ∗ (βb† − β ∗ b)n−1 .
For n = 1 we have [b† , (βb† − β ∗ n)] = β ∗ I.
bbb† b† |0i.
Problem 6. Using the number states |ni find the matrix representation
of the unbounded operators b† b.
Solution 7. We have [n̂, b] = −b, [n̂, [n̂, b]] = (−1)2 b, [n̂, [n̂, [n̂, b]]] =
(−1)3 b. Obviously, for the general case with m commutators we find
(−1)m b.
Problem 8. Using the number states |ni find the matrix representation
of the unbounded operators b† + b.
√ √
Solution 8. Since b|ni = n|n − 1i, b† |ni = n + 1|n + 1i we obtain the
infinite dimensional unbounded symmetric matrix
0 1 √0 0 ...
1 √0 2 √0 . . .
0 2 √0 3 ....
0 0 3 0 ...
.. .. .. ..
. . . .
Find the commutator [A, B]. These matrices appear when we truncate the
infinite dimensional unbounded matrices b† b and b† + b.
0 −1 0 0
√
1 √0 − 2 0
√
[A, B] =
0 2 √0 − 3
0 0 3 0
dfc
= −ifc
d
with the initial condition fc (0) = b† . The solution is fc () = e−i b† . Anal-
ogously for fa we find dfa /d = ifa with the initial condition fa (0) = b.
Hence fa () = ei b.
(ii) Since
† †
e−ib b (b† + b)eib b = e−i b† + ei b
† †
e−ib b (ib† − ib)eib b = ie−i b† − iei b
we obtain
−i †
(cos() − i sin())b† + (cos() + i sin())b
e b + ei b
=
ie−i b† − iei b i(cos() − i sin())b† − i(cos() + i sin())b
†
cos() − sin() b +b
= .
sin() cos() ib† − ib
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 393
Find the commutator [Â, B̂]. What is the condition on the phases φk and
φ` such that [Â, B̂] = 0 for k = `?
d
b† 7→ z, b 7→ .
dz
acting in the vector space S(R). Find the commutator [b, b† ]. Find the
operator N̂ = b† b.
[b, b† ]f = bb† f − b† bf
d2 f
1 2 d df
= x f− (xf ) − x −
2 dx dx dx2
d2 f
1 2 d df
− x f− (xf ) + x −
2 dx dx dx2
d df
= (xf ) − x
dx dx
= f.
d2
1
N̂ = x2 − 1 − .
2 dx2
†
Solution 15. (i) Since n̂|ni = n|ni we have e−b b |ni = e−n |ni. Thus
∞
X e
tr(e−n̂ ) = e−n = .
n=0
e −1
exp(−Ĥ/kB T )
ρ= .
tr(exp(−Ĥ/kB T ))
Thus
∞
X 1
tr(e−Ĥ/kB T ) = (e−λ )n = .
n=0
1 − e−λ
(ii) Using the result from (i) we obtain
1
n = hb† bi =
eλ −1
and therefore
~ω
hĤi = .
e~ω/kB T − 1
(iii) Since hn|b|ni = 0, hn|b† |ni = 0 we obtain
1 n
= 1 − e−α , = e−α .
n+1 n+1
Since the sum is a geometric series we have
∞
X 1
(e−α )n = .
n=0
1 − e−α
Thus tr(ρ) = 1.
eb f (b, b† )e−b = f (eb be−b , eb b† e−b ) = f (b, eb b† e−b ).
X ∞
∞ X ∞
X
f (b, b† ) := ··· f (j1 , j2 , . . . , jn )(b† )j1 bj2 . . . bjn .
j1 =0 j2 =0 jn =0
Solution 21. (i) From the commutation relations for Bose operators we
find bb† = I + b† b. Thus
(ii) Using the results from (i) and b† b(b† b)j ≡ b† (I + b† b)j b we find
∞
† X 1 −
e−b b
= (e − 1)j (b† )j bj .
j=0
j!
Solution 22. (i) Using hm|ni = δmn and the completeness relation we
find
∞
X ∞
X ∞ X
X ∞
Ê Ê † = |mihm + 1| |n + 1ihn| = |miδm+1,n+1 hn|
m=0 n=0 m=0 n=0
X∞
= |mihm| = I.
m=0
we obtain Êf (n̂) = f (n̂ + I)Ê. Thus Êf (n̂)Ê † = f (n̂ + I). Analogously
Solution 23. Since hm|ni = δmn we have L̂|φi = eiφ |φi. This means
that |φi is an eigenstate of the operator L̂.
where b†1 , b†2 are Bose creation operators and b1 , b2 are Bose annihilation
operators and I is the identity operator. Find the commutators
[J+ , J− ] = b†1 b2 b†2 b1 − b†2 b1 b†1 b2 = b†1 b2 b†2 b1 − b†2 b2 − b†2 b†1 b1 b2
= −b†2 b2 + b†1 b1 = 2J3 .
Problem 28. Consider the Bose creation operators b†1 , b†2 and Bose an-
nihilation operators b1 , b2 with b1 = b ⊗ I, b2 = I ⊗ b and b1 |00i = 0|00i,
b2 |00i = 0|00i, where |00i ≡ |0i ⊗ |0i is the vacuum state. Consider the
linear transformation
eb1 = u11 b1 + u12 b2 + v11 b† + v12 b†
1 2
eb2 = u21 b1 + u22 b2 + v21 b† + v22 b†
1 2
eb† = v ∗ b1 + v ∗ b2 + u∗ b† + u∗ b†
1 11 12 11 1 12 2
eb† = v ∗ b1 + v ∗ b2 + u∗ b† + u∗ b†
2 21 22 21 1 22 2
we find
u11 v21 + u12 v22 − u21 v11 − u22 v12 = 0 (2a)
u11 u∗21 + u12 u∗22 − v11 v21
∗ ∗
− v12 v22 =0 (2b)
u11 u∗11 + u12 u∗12 − ∗
v11 v11 − ∗
v12 v12 =1 (2c)
u21 u∗21 + u22 u∗22 − v21 v21
∗ ∗
− v22 v22 = 1. (2d)
(ii) From the conditions (1) we find
√ √
c(m+1)n u11 m + 1 + cm(n+1) u12 n + 1
√ √
+c(m−1)n v11 m + cm(n−1) v12 n = 0 (3a)
and √ √
c(m+1)n u21 m + 1 + cm(n+1) u22 n + 1
√ √
+c(m−1)n v21 m + cm(n−1) v22 n = 0. (3b)
Let
∆1 := u11 u22 − u12 u21 , ∆2 := u11 v21 − u21 v11 , ∆3 := u11 v22 − u21 v12
Multiplication of (3a) with u22 and (3b) with u12 and subtracting yields
√ √ √
c(m+1)n ∆1 m + 1 = −c(m−1)n ∆4 m − cm(n−1) ∆5 n.
c(2k)(2n+1) = c(2k+1)(2n) = 0
p p
c(2k)(2n) = (−1)n+k (2n)! (2k)!
X ∆2 2s ∆3 n−s ∆4 k−s 1
× c0
∆1 2∆1 2∆1 (n − s)!(k − s)!(2s)!
0≤s≤n
s≤k
and p p
c(2k+1)(2n+1) = (−1)n+k+1 (2n + 1)! (2k + 1)!
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 405
Consequently, for the vacuum state of Bose operators eb1 and eb2 we find
∞
X
|e
0e
0i = c(2k)(2n) |2ki ⊗ |2ni + c(2k+1)(2n+1) |2k + 1i ⊗ |2n + 1i .
k=0,n=0
|mi
e ⊗ |e
ni = U (|mi ⊗ |ni).
in the basis of photon number state representation, where cm are the ex-
pansion coefficients.
(ii) The phase-shifted state |ψ 0 i can be written as
∞
X ∞
X
|ψ 0 i = exp(iδn̂) cm |mi = cm eiδm |mi.
m=0 m=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 406
and therefore
∞
X ∞
X
k |∆ψik2 = h∆ψ|∆ψi = 4 |cm |2 sin2 (δm/2) = 4 Pm sin2 (δm/2)
m=0 m=0
where Pm = |cm |2 is the photon number distribution for the input field.
Thus
∂f
b1 b2 ef |00i = ef |00i.
∂µ
Note that ∂f /∂µ commutes with exp(f ) since f is a function of b†1 and b†2
only. If we multiply from the left by exp(−f ) we find
∂f
e−f b1 b2 ef |00i = |00i.
∂µ
If follows that
∂f
e−f b1 ef e−f b2 ef |00i = |00i.
∂µ
Using
∂g
[b, g(b, b† )] = (2)
∂b†
with g = ef , we obtain
!
−f f −f f ∂ef ∂f
e b1 e = e e b1 + = b1 +
∂b†1 ∂b†1
∂f
e−f b2 ef = b2 + .
∂b†2
Thus we have
! !
∂f ∂f ∂f
b1 + b2 + |00i = |00i.
∂b†1 ∂b†2 ∂µ
∂f ∂f ∂2f
b1 = b1 + .
∂b†2 ∂b†2 ∂b†1 ∂b†2
Since f contains only b†1 and b†2 which commute, the solution of this partial
differential equation must be of the form
Thus f (0, b†1 , b†2 ) = νb†1 b†2 or h1 (0) = 0, h2 (0) = ν owing to (1). Inserting
this ansatz into the partial differential equation and equating equal powers
of b†1 b†2 , we find that h1 and h2 satisfy the nonlinear system of ordinary
differential equations
dh2 dh1
= h22 , = h2
dµ dµ
Problem 32. The standard Pauli group for continuous variable quantum
computing of n coupled oscillator systems is the Heisenberg-Weyl group
which consists of phase-space displacement operators for n harmonic os-
cillators. This group is a continuous Lie group and can therefore only be
generated by a set of continuously parameterized operators. The Lie alge-
bra that generates this group is spanned by the 2n canonical operators p̂j ,
q̂j , j = 1, 2, . . . , n along with the commutation relation
and
er(K+ +K− ) ≡ eK− tanh(r) e2 ln(cosh(r))K3 eK+ tanh(r)
we find 1 = tanh(r), 2 = − ln(cosh(r)), 3 = − tanh(r).
Problem 34. To build a simple quantum computer one could use the
following optical gates
(ii) Since
we find
1
UB |01i = √ (|01i + |10i)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 410
b†3 b3 (b†1 b2 − b1 b†2 )|011i = |101i, b†3 b3 (b†1 b2 − b1 b†2 )|101i = −|011i
where we used that b|0i = 0|0i and b|1i = |0i. Thus b†3 b3 plays the role of
a control operator.
Problem 35. Let be a real parameter, σ3 the Pauli spin matrix and I2
the 2 × 2 identity matrix. Calculate
† †
f () = eσ3 ⊗(b−b ) (I2 ⊗ b† b)e−σ3 ⊗(b−b )
(1)
df † †
= eσ3 ⊗(b−b ) (σ3 ⊗ ((b − b† )b† b − b† b(b − b† )))e−σ3 ⊗(b−b )
d
† †
= eσ3 ⊗(b−b ) (σ3 ⊗ (b + b† ))e−σ3 ⊗(b−b ) .
Thus
df (0)
= σ3 ⊗ (b + b† ).
d
Since (b − b† )(b + b† ) − (b + b† )(b − b† ) = 2I and σ32 = I2 we obtain for the
second order derivative
d2 f
= 2I2 ⊗ I.
d2
Thus the solution of this second order linear differential equation is
f () = 2 I2 ⊗ I + C1 + C2 .
C1 = σ3 ⊗ (b + b† ), C2 = I2 ⊗ b† b.
It follows that
f () = 2 I2 ⊗ I + σ3 ⊗ (b + b† ) + I2 ⊗ b† b.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 411
Solution 36. Let |ni be a number state. Then b† b|ni = n|ni, b† bb† b|ni =
n2 |ni etc. Thus
†
eiπb b |ni = eiπn |ni
where n = 0, 1, 2, . . . , ∞. It follows that
Problem 37. The hermitian cosine ĈSG and sine ŜSG operators intro-
duced by Susskind and Glogower are given in the number state basis by
∞
1X
ĈSG := (|nihn + 1| + |n + 1ihn|)
2 n=0
∞
1 X
ŜSG := (|nihn + 1| − |n + 1ihn|).
2i n=0
Solve the eigenvalue equations ĈSG |ciSG = c|ciSG , ŜSG |siSG = s|siSG .
Problem 38. Let |0i be the vacuum state, i.e. b|0i = 0|0i, and ∈ R.
Calculate the state
exp(b† ⊗ b† )(|0i ⊗ |0i).
√
Solution 38. Since b† |ni = n + 1|n + 1i for n = 0, 1, 2, . . . we obtain
(b† ⊗ b† )(|ni ⊗ |ni = (b† |ni) ⊗ (b† |ni) = (n + 1)|n + 1i ⊗ |n + 1i.
Now
† 2
exp(b† ⊗ b† )|0i ⊗ |0i = (I ⊗ I + b ⊗ b† + (b† )2 ⊗ (b† )2 + · · ·)|0i ⊗ |0i
1! 2!
= |0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i + 2 |2i ⊗ |2i + · · ·
X∞
= j |ji ⊗ |ji.
j=0
What is the condition on so that the series converges? This means: what
is the condition that the state can be normalized?
Problem 40. Let |0i be the vacuum state. Calculate the state
1 †
(b ⊗ I − I ⊗ b† )(b† ⊗ I + I ⊗ b† )(|0i ⊗ |0i)
2
where I is the identity operator. Discuss.
e−iJz φ b†1 eiJz φ , e−iJz φ b†2 eiJz φ , e−iJy φ b†1 eiJy φ , e−iJy φ b†2 eiJy φ .
where we used
∞
X
|ψi = hn|ψi|ni.
n=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 414
P̂ = χÊ
where τ , given by
−1
χ~ω
τ= 1 + tan2
20 V
represents the transmissivity of the beam splitter.
(i) Calculate eb1 = U † b1 U , eb2 = U † b2 U .
(ii) Find a rotation of the phase frame by 3π/2.
Problem 44. Owing to their helical wave fronts the electromagnetic field
of photons having an orbital angular momentum has a phase singularity.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 415
with ρk and φk being the modulus and phase, respectively, of the transverse
|l|
coordinate q. The functions Lp are the associated Laguerre polynomials
and ω0 is the beam width. Find the state |lpi for l = p = 0.
Programming Problem
Problem 1. Find the normal ordering of bb† bb† and apply it then to the
vacuum state. Find the normal ordering of bb† b† and apply it then to the
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 416
// bose2.cpp
#include <iostream>
#include "symbolicc++.h"
using namespace std;
int main(void)
{
Symbolic b("b"), bd("bd"), vs("vs");
b = ~b; bd = ~bd; vs = ~vs; // noncommutative
Equations rules = (b*bd==bd*b+1,b*vs==0);
// example 1
Symbolic res1 = b*bd*b*bd;
cout << "res1 = " << res1.subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << "res1*vs = " << (res1*vs).subst_all(rules) << endl;
// example 2
Symbolic res2 = b*bd*bd;
cout << "res2 = " << res2.subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << "res2*vs = " << (res2*vs).subst_all(rules) << endl;
// example 3
Symbolic res3 = (b+bd)^4;
cout << "res3 = " << res3.subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << "res3*vs = " << (res3*vs).subst_all(rules) << endl;
// example 4
Symbolic res4 = b + b*bd + b*bd*bd + b*bd*bd*bd;
cout << "res4 = " << res4.subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << "res4*vs = " << (res4*vs).subst_all(rules) << endl;
return 0;
}
The output is
res1 = bd^(2)*b^(2)+3*bd*b+1
res1*vs = vs
res2 = bd^(2)*b+2*bd
res2*vs = 2*bd*vs
res3 = b^(4)+4*bd*b^(3)+6*b^(2)+6*bd^(2)*b^(2)
+12*bd*b+4*bd^(3)*b+6*bd^(2)+bd^(4)+3
res3*vs = 3*vs+6*bd^(2)*vs+bd^(4)*vs
res4 = b+bd*b+bd^(2)*b+2*bd+bd^(3)*b+3*bd^(2)+1
res4*vs = vs+2*bd*vs+3*bd^(2)*vs
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 417
[b, exp(τ (b† )2 /2)], [b2 , exp(τ (b† )2 /2], [b3 , exp(τ (b† )2 /2].
2
(2b†2 b2 − b†1 b1 ).
T̂3 =
N
Show that the commutators are given by
i 4i
(I − T̂3 )(I + 3T̂3 ) + 2 I,
[T̂1 , T̂2 ] =
N N
4i 4i
[T̂3 , T̂1 ] = T̂2 , [T̂3 , T̂2 ] = − T̂1
N N
where I denotes the identity operator.
Problem 7. Let |ni be a number state and |βi be coherent state. Show
that
(|β|2 )n
|hn|βi|2 = exp(−|β|2 )
n!
which is a Poisson distribution.
1
k3 = diag(1, 3, 5, 7, . . .).
2
N̂ = b† b ⊗ I2 + IB ⊗ S3 , K̂ = (b† + b) ⊗ (S+ + S− ).
(i) Show that [N̂ , b ⊗ S+ + b† ⊗ S− ] = 0B ⊗ 02 .
(ii) Show that [N̂ , K̂] = 2(b† ⊗ S+ − b ⊗ S− ).
x2 |f (x)|2 dx k |fˆ(k)|2 dk
R R 2
R R
Ex := R and Ek :=
|f (x)|2 dx |fˆ(k)|2 dk
R
R R
(x − E)2
1 1 2 2
√ exp − ⇔ exp ikE − σ k .
2πσ 2 2σ 2 2
Γ 1
⇔ exp(imk − |kΛ|).
π (x − m)2 + Γ2
Chapter 19
Coherent States
19.1 Introduction
Quantum coherent states are the closest quantum-mechanical analogue to
a classical particle oscillating in a harmonic potential. Coherent states are
minimum uncertainty states. Quantum computation circuits with coherent
states as the logical qubits can be constructed using simple linear networks,
conditional measurements and coherent superposition resource states. Co-
herent states are very sensitive to their environment. The output of a single
mode stabilised laser can be described by a coherent state |βi, where β is a
complex number which determines the average field amplitude. Harmonic
oscillator coherent states can be defined in three different equivalent ways.
Firstly, the coherent states are the eigenstates of the Bose annihilation
operator
b|βi = β|βi, β ∈ C.
Thus the spectrum of the operator b fills the entire complex plane. Secondly,
they are displaced vacuum states
b|0i = 0|0i
we have
|βi = exp(−|β|2 /2) exp(βb† )|0i.
421
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 422
~
∆p∆x =
2
and are thus most classical within the quantum framework.
|βi = D(β)|0i.
We have
D† (β) = D−1 (β) = D(−β).
where I is the identity operator. Let |βi, |γi be coherent states. Then
1
hγ|βi = exp − (|β|2 + |γ|2 ) + βγ ∗ .
2
It follows that
∗
hβ| − βi = e−2ββ .
1 2 βn
hn|βi = exp − |β| √ .
2 n!
hβ|n̂|βi = ββ ∗ .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 423
D(β) := exp(βb† − β ∗ b)
Show that from this definition the coherent states can also be obtained as
the eigenstates of the annihilation (destruction) operator b, i.e. b|βi = β|βi.
and therefore we have the commutation relation [b, D(β)] = βD(β). Since
b|0i = 0|0i we have
we find
∞ X ∞
γ ∗m β n
X
1
hγ|βi = exp − (|β|2 + |γ|2 ) √ √ hm|ni
2 m=0 n=0 m! n!
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 424
∞
(βγ ∗ )n
X
1 2 2
= exp − (|β| + |γ| )
2 n=0
n!
1
= exp − (|β|2 + |γ|2 ) + βγ ∗
2
where we used hm|ni = δmn . Using this result we find
1
h0|βi = exp − |β|2 .
2
hβ|n̂|βi.
hβ|n̂|βi = ββ ∗ = |β|2 .
Solution 5. We obtain
U (t) := exp(−itĤ/~).
Solution 6. Since
∞
2 X βn
|βi = e−|β| /2
√ |ni
n=0 n!
U (t)|βi = |βe−iωt i.
Thus the linear evolution of |βi is a rotation in phase space. The initial
state will be revived at ωt = 2π, 4π, . . . as expected.
Thus we obtain
(ββ ∗ )n exp(−ββ ∗ )
Pn (β) = .
n!
This is a Poisson distribution.
(ii) Using b|βi = β|βi and therefore hβ|b† = hβ|β ∗ we find
Express the state using coherent states |βi. Consider the special case that
cj = 0 for all j except for cn = 1.
Solution 9. We find
Z
1 2
|gi = e−|β| /2
g(β ∗ )|βid2 β
π C
Problem 10. Let |βi be a coherent state and |ψi be an arbitrary state
in the Hilbert space containing |βi. Show that
1 2
|ψ(β)| ≤ exp |β| .
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 427
from which it follows that the system of coherent states is complete. Using
this equation we can expand an arbitrary state |ψi with respect to the state
|βi Z
1
|ψi = d2 βhβ|ψi|βi.
π C
If the coherent state |βi is taken as |ψi, then this equation defines a linear
dependence between the different coherent states. It follows that the system
of coherent states is supercomplete, i.e. it contains subsystems which are
complete. Using the definition for the coherent state given above we obtain
∞
βn
1 X
hβ|ψi = exp − |β|2 ψ(β ∗ ), ψ(β) = √ hn|ψi.
2 n=0 n!
The inequality |hn|ψi| ≤ 1 means that the function ψ(β) for the normaliza-
tion state |ψi is an entire analytic function of the complex variables β. We
also have |hβ|ψi| ≤ 1. Therefore we find a bound on the growth of ψ(β)
1 2
|ψ(β)| ≤ exp |β| .
2
The normalization condition can now be written as
Z
1
d2 β exp(−|β|2 )|ψ(β)|2 = hψ|ψi.
π C
The expansion of an arbitrary state |ψi with respect to coherent states now
takes the form
Z
1 1 2
|ψi = d β exp − |β| ψ(β ∗ )|βi.
2
π C 2
Problem 11. Coherent states |βi can be written as |βi = D(β)|0i, where
D(β) is the displacement operator and |0i denotes the vacuum state. Show
that
D(β)D(γ) = exp(i=(βγ ∗ ))D(β + γ). (1)
Since Z 2π
ei(n−m)φ dφ = 2πδnm
0
we have
∞
|nihn| ∞ −s n
Z Z
1 X
|βihβ|d2 β = e s ds
π C n=0
n! 0
2
where we set s = r and therefore ds = 2rdr. Thus
Z ∞
1 2
X
|βihβ|d β = |nihn| = I
π C n=0
Calculate ρH
γ (β).
(ii) The Husimi distribution of the number state |ni is given by
ρH 2
|ni (β) := |hβ|ni| .
ρH 2
|n1 i⊗|n2 i (β) = |(hβ1 | ⊗ hβ2 |)(|n1 i ⊗ |n2 i)| .
we find 2
/2 −|γ|2 /2 β ∗ γ
hβ|γi = e−|β| e e
where we used hm|ni = δmn . Thus |hβ|γi|2 = exp(−|β − γ|2 ) and the
Husimi distribution of a coherent state is Gaussian.
(ii) Since hm|ni = δmn we find
2 β ∗n
hβ|ni = e−|β| /2
√
n!
and hence 2
e−|β| (|β|2 )n
2
|hβ|ni| = .
n!
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 430
Ĥ = κ(b† b)2
Problem 16. Let |βi be a coherent state. Express the density operator
Z 2π
1
ρ= dφ||β|e−iφ ih|β|e−iφ |
2π 0
(ii) We obtain
1
Ĥ = ((n̂ + I)f (n̂ + I)f (n̂ + I) + n̂f (n̂)f (n̂)).
2
(iii) Using the expansion with respect to the Fock basis { |0i, |1i, . . . } and
the fact that f is an analytic function we obtain
∞
X
|ziN L = Nf (|z|2 )−1/2 Cn z n |ni
n=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 432
D(β)D(β 0 ) = D(β + β 0 ) ?
Prove or disprove.
Problem 19. Consider the coherent state |βi. We define the Schrödinger
cat states
we obtain
exp(|β|2 /2) exp(|β|2 /2)
N+ = p , N− = p .
2 cosh(|β|2 ) 2 sinh(|β|2 )
(ii) Since
2 βn
hn|βi = e−|β| /2
√
n!
we obtain the probabilities
1 |β|2n
|hβ+ |ni|2 = 2
(1 + (−1)n )
cosh(|β| ) n!
1 |β|2n
|hβ− |ni|2 = 2
(1 − (−1)n ).
sinh(|β| ) n!
Z := b1 + b†2 ≡ b ⊗ I + I ⊗ b (1)
†
−z ∗ b
where b1 = b ⊗ I and b†2 = I ⊗ b† . Let Db (z) := ezb (z ∈ C) be the
displacement operator and
∞
1 X
|0ii := √ (−1)n |ni ⊗ |ni.
π n=0
Z|zii = z|zii, z ∈ C.
Problem 21. Consider the beam splitter interaction given by the unitary
transformation
UBS = exp(iθ(b1 b†2 + b†1 b2 ))
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 434
where b1 and b2 are the Bose annihilation operators. Let |βi, |γi be coherent
states. Calculate
UBS (|γi ⊗ |βi).
where cos2 (θ) (sin2 (θ)) is the reflectivity (transmissivity) of the beam split-
ter.
where
(b† )n
|ni = √ |0i.
n!
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 435
Let σ1 be the Pauli spin matrix. Extend the calculation to the state
1
D(β)(|0i ⊗
e )
0
where
D(β)
e := exp(βb† ⊗ σ1 − β̄b ⊗ σ1 ).
Thus we obtain
1 βb† ⊗σ1 −β̄b⊗σ1 −β β̄IB ⊗I2 /2 1
D(β)|0i
e ⊗ =e e e |0i ⊗
0 0
† 1
= e−β β̄/2 eβb ⊗σx e−βb⊗σ1 |0i ⊗
0
† 1
= e−β β̄/2 eβb ⊗σ1 |0i ⊗
0
∞
!
X β 2n 1
−β β̄/2
=e |2ni ⊗
0
p
n=0 (2n)!
∞
! !
β 2n+1
X 0
+ |2n + 1i ⊗ .
1
p
n=0 (2n + 1)!
Problem 24. Bose creation (b† ) and annihilation (b) operators, where
we find Z
dµ(z)|zihz| = I
R2N
where I is the identity operator.
Programming Problem
// coherent.cpp
#include <iostream>
#include "symbolicc++.h"
using namespace std;
int main(void)
{
Symbolic b("b"), bd("bd"), cs("cs"), ds("ds");
b = ~b; bd = ~bd; cs = ~cs; ds = ~ds; // noncommutative
Symbolic z("z"), w("w"), conj("conj");
Equations rules =
(b*cs[z]==z*cs[z],b*cs[w]==w*cs[w],
ds[z]*bd==ds[z]*conj[z],ds[w]*bd==ds[w]*conj[w],
ds[z]*cs[z]==1,ds[w]*cs[w]==1,
ds[w]*cs[z]==exp(-(z*conj[z]+w*conj[w]-2*conj[w]*z)/2),
ds[z]*cs[w]==exp(-(z*conj[z]+w*conj[w]-2*conj[z]*w)/2));
// example 1
Symbolic r1 = b*(b*cs[z]);
r1 = r1.subst_all(rules);
cout << r1 << endl;
r1 = r1[z==1];
cout << r1 << endl;
// example 2
cout << (ds[z]*cs[z]).subst_all(rules) << endl;
// example 3
Symbolic r2 = b*cs[z];
Symbolic r3 = ds[w]*r2;
cout << r2.subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << r3.subst_all(rules) << endl;
return 0;
}
The output is
z^(2)*cs[z]
cs[1]
1
z*cs[z]
e^(-1/2*z*conj[z]-1/2*w*conj[w]+conj[w]*z)*z
Find tr(|βihβ|.
Problem 4. Show that the solutions of the eigenvalue problem for the
one-dimensional harmonic oscillator
~2 d 2 mω 2 2
− + x u(x) = Eu(x)
2m dx2 2
are given by
1 mω 1/4
un (x) = p Hn (x/x0 ) exp(−x2 /(2x20 ))
2n (n!) π~
p
with En = ~ω(n + 1/2), x0 := ~/(mω) and Hn (x/x0 ) are the Hermite
polynomials.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 439
Chapter 20
Squeezed States
20.1 Introduction
Coherent states are not the most general kind of Gaussian wave packet.
They are also not the most general kind of minimum-uncertainty wave
packets, since the minimum uncertainty wave packet satisfies
∆q∆p = ~/2
which only constrains the product of the dispersions ∆q and ∆p, whereas
for coherent states we have that
For squeezed states one does not have this restriction. Unlike a coherent
state, an initial squeezed state does not remain a minimum-uncertainty
state in the course of time under the harmonic oscillator evolution. The
product ∆q∆p oscillates at twice the harmonic oscillator frequency between
a maximum value and a minimum value. Squeezed states possess the prop-
erty that one quadrature phase has reduced fluctuations compared to the
ordinary vacuum. Squeezed states of the electromagnetic field are gener-
ated by degenerate parametric down conversion in an optical cavity. The
ideal squeezed state is defined as
|ζi := S(ζ)|0i
439
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 440
where
1 ∗ 2 1 †2
S(ζ) := exp ζ b − ζb
2 2
is the one-mode squeezing operator with ζ ∈ C. If we set
ζ = seiθ
ζ † 2 ζ∗ 2
†
S (ζ) = exp (b ) − b
2 2
Using this result the squeezed states can be expressed with number states
∞ p n
p X ((2n)!) 1
|ζi = (sech(s)) − exp(iθ) tanh(s) |2ni
n=0
n! 2
where n = 0, 1, 2, . . . and we used that (b† b + bb† )|0i = |0i. The expansion
over the number state basis only contains even components. The state |ζi
is normalized. We also have the eigenvalue equation
1
hξ|ζi = p
cosh(s1 ) cosh(s2 )(1 − e −i(θ 2 −θ1 ) tanh(s ) tanh(s ))
1 2
Solution 2. We obtain
∗
eb = cosh(|ζ|)b − ζ sinh(|ζ|)b† , eb† = cosh(|ζ|)b† − ζ sinh(|ζ|)b.
|ζ| |ζ|
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 442
Solution 3. Expansion over the number state basis contains only even
components, i.e.
∞ k p
1 X ν (2k)!
S(ζ)|0i ≡ |ζi = √ |2ki
µ 2µ k!
k=0
iθ iθ
where ζ = se , µ = cosh(s), ν = e sinh(s). Using this result and
b† b|2ki = 2k|2ki
we obtain
hζ|b† b|ζi = |ν|2 .
Analogously, we obtain
df2
= ζ ∗ f1 ().
d
In matrix notation we have the system
df1 /d 0 ζ f1
= .
df2 /d ζ∗ 0 f2
Let
0 ζ
A= .
ζ∗ 0
We find
cosh(s) ζ sinh(s)/s cosh(s) eiθ sinh(s)
exp(A) = =
ζ ∗ sinh(s)/s cosh(s) e −iθ
sinh(s) cosh(s)
A photon of the driven mode, with frequency 2ω, splits into two photons of
the mode of interest, each with frequency ω. Solve the Heisenberg equation
of motion for b and b† .
db 1
= [b, Ĥ](t) = −iωb(t) − 2Λb† (t)e−2iωt
dt i~
db† 1
= [b† , Ĥ](t) = iωb† − 2Λbe2iωt .
dt i~
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 444
deb deb†
= −2Λeb† (t), = −2Λeb(t).
dt dt
Introducing the operators
If the state is the vacuum state |0i we obtain a squeezed state. For the
electric field E(r, t) we have
where
1 i
q̂ := √ (b + b† ), p̂ := − √ (b − b† ).
2 2
Solution 6. We obtain
1 † †
[Ĝ, b] = ζ[b b , b] = −ζb†
2
and
[Ĝ, [Ĝ, b]] = [Ĝ, −ζb† ] = −ζ[Ĝ, b† ] = |ζ|2 b.
(ii) Using the results from (i), we find
A† := b† , A := b
where I is the identity operator.
(i) Show that these operators form a Lie algebra.
(ii) Consider the operator
P := ζK+ − ζ ∗ K− + αA† − α∗ A
From
eP Ae−P = V AV −1 , eP A† e−P = V A† V −1
we find, by separating out terms with A† , A and I, that
γ = −2 ln(cosh(r))
β = eiθ tanh(r)
δ = −e−iθ tanh(r)
s
=− ((cosh(r) − 1)ei(θ−φ) − sinh(r)eiφ )
r cosh(r)
s
η=− ((cosh(r) − 1)e−i(θ−φ) − sinh(r)e−iφ ).
r cosh(r)
The coefficient ν cannot be found by this method. How can we determine
ν? One finds
s2
ν=− ((cosh(r) − 1) + i sin(θ − 2φ)(sinh(r) − r cosh(r))).
r2 cosh(r)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 447
S(ζ) = exp(ζK+ − ζ ∗ K− ), ζ ∈ C.
H(r) has a purely continuous spectrum covering the whole real axis. H(r)
is also parity invariant (x → −x). Therefore each generalized eigenvalue
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 449
where
(adD̂)q̂ := [D̂, q̂].
Calculate the operators and S† p̂S .
S† q̂S
(iii) Let
√ √
mω p̂ † mω p̂
b= √ q̂ + i , b = √ q̂ − i .
2 mω 2 mω
(ii) Using the result from (i) and the definition (1) we find the operator
Using the result from (i) and the definition (1) with q̂ replaced by p̂, we
find
S† p̂S = e− p̂.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 450
D̂ = 2i(b† b† − bb).
(iv) Using the results from (i) through (iii) we find the expectation values
where  and B̂ are observable, [Â, B̂] denotes the commutator and |ψi is
a normalized state. Let b† , b be Bose creation and annihilation operators
and
1 1
 = √ (ib − ib† ), B̂ = √ (b + b† ).
2 2
(i) Let |ψi = |βi be a coherent state (β ∈ C). Find the left-hand and
right-hand side of the uncertainty relation.
(ii) Let |ψi = |ni be a number state (n = 0, 1, 2, . . .). Find the left-hand
and right-hand side of the uncertainty relation.
(iii) Let |ψi = |ζi be a squeezed state (ζ ∈ C). Find the left-hand and
right-hand side of the uncertainty relation.
[Â, B̂] = iI
where I is the identity operators. Thus with hβ|βi = 1 we obtain for the
right-hand side
1 1
|hβ|iI|βi|2 = .
4 4
Now b|βi = β|βi, hβ|b† = hβ|β. It follows that
1 2
hψ|Â|ψi2 = (−β 2 − β + 2ββ)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 451
1 2 2
hψ|B̂|ψi2 = (β + β + 2ββ)
2
1 2
hψ|Â2 |ψi = (1 − β 2 − β + 2ββ)
2
1 2
hψ|B̂ 2 |ψi = (1 + β 2 + β + 2ββ)
2
and
1 1
hβ|Â2 |βi − hβ|Â|βi2 = , hβ|B̂ 2 |βi − hβ|B̂|βi2 = .
2 2
It follows that the uncertainty relation is an equality for the present case.
(ii) With hn|ni = 1 for the right-hand side we have again 14 . From
hn|Â|ni = 0, hn|B̂|ni = 0
and
1 1
hn|Â2 |ni =
(1 + 2n), hn|B̂ 2 |ni = (1 + 2n).
2 2
Thus we have the inequality
1 1
(1 + 2n)2 ≥ .
4 4
So if n = 0 we have an equality.
(iii) We set ζ = seiθ . From |ζi = S(ζ)|0i, where S(ζ) is the squeezing
operator we obtain
hζ|(b† )2 |ζi = h0|S −1 (ζ)b† S(ζ)S −1 (ζ)b† S(ζ)|0i = −e−iθ cosh(s) sinh(s).
Hence
1 1
hζ|Â2 |ζi = cosh(2s) + sinh(2s) cos(θ)
2 2
and
1 1
hζ|B̂ 2 |ζi = cosh(2s) − sinh(2s) cos(θ)
2 2
and the inequality follows
1 1
(cosh2 (2s) − sinh2 (2s) cos2 (θ)) ≥ .
4 4
With cosh2 (2s) − sinh2 (2s) = 1 we have an equality for θ = 0 and θ = π.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 452
where b†1 , b†2 are Bose creation operators and b1 , b2 are Bose annihilation
operators and z ∈ C. Find the operators
Thus
z sin(|z|)
U (z)b1 U (z)−1 = cos(|z|)b1 − b2
|z|
z̄ sin(|z|)
U (z)b2 U (z)−1 = cos(|z|)b2 + b1 .
|z|
We can write
z̄ sin(|z|)
!
−1 −1
cos(|z|) |z|
(U (z)b1 U (z) , U (z)b2 U (z) ) = (b1 , b2 )
− z sin(|z|)
|z| cos(|z|)
where the matrix on the right-hand side is an element of the Lie group
SU (2).
where b†1 , b†2 are Bose creation operators and b1 , b2 are Bose annihilation
operators and z ∈ C. Find the operators
Thus
z sinh(|z|) †
U (z)b1 U (z)−1 = cosh(|z|)b1 − b2
|z|
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 453
z̄ sinh(|z|)
U (z)b†2 U (z)−1 = cosh(|z|)b†2 − b1 .
|z|
We can write in matrix form
− z̄ sinh(|z|)
!
cosh(|z|)
(U (z)b1 U (z)−1 , U (z)b†2 U (z)−1 ) = (b1 , b†2 ) |z|
− z sinh(|z|)
|z| cosh(|z|)
where the matrix on the right-hand side is an element of the Lie group
SU (1, 1).
Solution 16. Two mode squeezed states can be generated either by entan-
gling two independent single-mode squeezed states via a 50:50 beam splitter
or by employing the non-degenerate operation of a nonlinear medium in the
presence of two incoming modes. The unitary operator describing two-mode
squeezing is
U12 (ζ) = exp(−i(ζb1 b2 + ζ ∗ b†1 b†2 )/2)
where ζ ∈ C is the squeezing parameter.
Let |0i ⊗ |0i be the two-mode vacuum state. Find the normalized state
S2 (ζ)(|0i ⊗ |0i)
where
ζ = seiθ , µ = cosh(s), ν = eiθ sinh(s).
This state is known as two mode squeezed vacuum or twin beam state.
Problem 18. Let |0i be the vacuum state. Then we define the coherent
squeezed state as
|β, ζi := D(β)S(ζ)|0i
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 454
where D(β) is the displacement operator and S(ζ) is the squeezing operator
with β, ζ ∈ C.
(i) Show that the state |β, ζi is normalized.
(ii) Show that S(ζ)D(β)|0i = 6 |β, ζi.
(ii) We have
S(ζ)D(α)|0i = S(ζ)D(β)S(−ζ)S(ζ)|0i
= exp(β(b† cosh(s) + be−iφ sinh(s))
−β ∗ (b cosh(s) + b† eiθ sinh(s)))S(ζ)|0i
= D(β cosh(s) − β ∗ eiθ sinh(s))S(ζ)|0i
= |β cosh(s) − β ∗ eiθ sinh(s), ζi
ρH 2
|ψi (α) = |hψ|αi| .
|ζ, βi := D(β)S(ζ)|0i
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 455
where D(β) is the displacement operator and S(ζ) := exp((ζ ∗ b2 −ζ(b† )2 )/2).
The coherent squeezed states |ζ, βi also minimize the uncertainty relation,
however, the variance of both canonically coupled variables are not equal.
The modulus g of the complex number ζ = ge2iθ determines the strength
of squeezing, s = eg − 1, while the angle θ orients the squeezing axis. Find
the Husimi distribution
ρH
|ζ,βi (α) = |hα|ζ, βi|
2
ρH 2 2 2 2 2
|ζ,βi (α) = |hα|ζ, βi| = exp(−(<(β)−α1 ) /(s+1) −(=(β)−α2 ) (s+1) ).
D(β) = exp(βb† − β ∗ b)
and
S(r, φ) = exp(reiφ (b† )2 /2 − re−iφ b2 /2)
be the squeeze operator with the squeeze factor r ≥ 0 and squeeze angle
φ ∈ (−π, π]. Let
∞ n
1 X n
ρT := |nihn|
n + 1 n=0 n + 1
Problem 23. Let S(ζ) be the one-mode squeeze operator with ζ = |ζ|eiθ .
Let D(β) be the displacement operator. Find S(ζ)D(β)S −1 (ζ).
Programming Problem
// squeezed.cpp
#include <iostream>
#include "symbolicc++.h"
using namespace std;
int main(void)
{
Symbolic eps("eps"), zeta("zeta"), zetab("zetab");
Symbolic b("b"), bd("bd");
b = ~b; bd = ~bd; // b and bd are noncommutative
Symbolic S, Sd;
Symbolic arg("arg");
arg = -zeta*bd*bd/2 + zetab*b*b/2;
S = exp(eps*arg);
Sd = exp(-eps*arg);
Symbolic result1("result1");
result1 = S*arg*b*Sd - S*b*arg*Sd;
result1 = result1.subst_all(b*bd==1+bd*b);
cout << result1 << endl << endl;
Symbolic result2("result2");
result2 = S*arg*bd*Sd - S*bd*arg*Sd;
result2 = result2.subst_all(b*bd==1+bd*b);
cout << result2 << endl;
return 0;
}
The output is
e^(-1/2*eps*zeta*bd^(2)+1/2*eps*zetab*b^(2))*bd*zeta*
e^(1/2*eps*zeta*bd^(2)-1/2*eps*zetab*b^(2))
e^(-1/2*eps*zeta*bd^(2)+1/2*eps*zetab*b^(2))*b*zetab*
e^(1/2*eps*zeta*bd^(2)-1/2*eps*zetab*b^(2))
[n̂, S(ζ)].
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 458
utilizing
1 1
eA Be−A = B + [A, B] + [A, [A, B]] + [A, [A, [A, B]]] + · · ·
2! 3!
β = reiφ , ζ = seiθ .
Show that
where
b†1 = b† ⊗ I, b†2 = I ⊗ b† .
Show that
∞
1 X
S(ζ)(|0i ⊗ |0i) = ein(θ+π/2 (tanh(s))n |ni ⊗ |ni.
cosh(s) n=0
Ĥ = iα(b†1 b†2 − b1 b2 ).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 460
The Hamilton operator indicates that two photons are simultaneously cre-
ated or annihilated. Find the 4 × 4 matrix M (ζ, ζ) such that
U (ζ)b1 U † (ζ)
b1 b1
† † † †
b1 † U (ζ)b 1 U (ζ) = M (ζ, ζ) b1
U (ζ) U (ζ) ≡ .
†
b2 U (ζ)b2 U (ζ) b2
b†2 U (ζ)b†2 U † (ζ) b†2
Show that
cosh(s) 0 0 −eiθ sinh(s)
0 cosh(s) −e−iθ sinh(s) 0
M (ζ, ζ) =
iθ
0 −e sinh(s) cosh(s) 0
−e−iθ sinh(s) 0 0 cosh(s)
Chapter 21
21.1 Introduction
Let |ni be the number states (n = 0, 1, . . .) and |βi be a coherent state
(β ∈ C). The trace of a bounded linear operator  could be calculated
using the number states |ni
∞
X
tr(Â) = hn|Â|ni
n=0
The integration is over the complex plane C. One usually introduces polar
coordinates β = reıφ with r ≥ 0 and φ ∈ [0, 2π).
461
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 462
Solution 1. We have
Z
1
|ni = hβ|ni|βid2 β
π C
and therefore
Z Z
1 1
hn| = hβ|nihβ|d2 β = hn|βihβ|d2 β .
π C π C
Thus we have
∞ ∞ Z
X X 1 2
tr(Â) = hn|Â|ni = hn| |βihβ|d β Â|ni
n=0 n=0
π C
∞
Z X
1
= hn|βihβ|Â|nid2 β
π C n=0
Z X∞ Z
1 2
|δihδ|ni d2 δd2 β
= hn|γihγ|βid γ hβ|Â|
π 3 C n=0 C
Z Z Z ∞
1 X
= d2 βd2 γd2 δ hn|γihγ|βihδ|nihβ|Â|δi
π3 C C C n=0
∞
Z Z Z ! !
1 2 2 2
X
= d βd γd δ hδ| |nihn| |γi hγ|βi
π3 C C C n=0
Z Z Z
1
= d2 βd2 γd2 δhδ|γihδ|γihγ|βihβ|Â|δi
π3 C C C
Z Z
1
= d2 βd2 γhδ|βihβ|Â|δi
π2 C C
Z
1
= d2 δhδ|Â|δi.
π C
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 463
†
Solution 2. (i) The normal order form of e−b b
is given by
∞
† X 1 −
e−b b
= (e − 1)k (b† )k bk .
k!
k=0
we obtain
† 1
tr(e−b b ) = .
1 − e−
(ii) Using the first method we find
∞ ∞
† X † X
tr(e−b b ) = hn|e−b b |ni = hn|e−n |ni
n=0 n=0
X∞ ∞
X
−n
= e hn|ni = e−n
n=0 n=0
1
= .
1 − e−
Thus the first method is simpler to apply for this case.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 464
Solution 4. We have
∞ ∞
1 X X
ρ= (tanh(s))n |ni ⊗ |ni (tanh(s))m hm| ⊗ hm|
(cosh(s))2 n=0 m=0
∞ X∞
1 X
= (tanh(s))n (tanh(s))m |nihm| ⊗ |nihm|.
(cosh(s))2 m=0 n=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 465
Let I be the identity operator. Using that hk|ni = δkn and hm|ki = δmk
we have
∞
X
ρ1 = (I ⊗ hk|)ρ(I ⊗ |ki)
k=0
∞ ∞
1 X X
= (I ⊗ hk|) (tanh(s))n (tanh(s))m |nihm| ⊗ |nihm|(I ⊗ |ki)
(cosh(s))2 m,n=0
k=0
∞ ∞
1 X X
= (tanh(s))n (tanh(s))m |nihm|δkn δmk
(cosh(s))2
k=0 m,n=0
∞
1 X
= (tanh(s))2k |kihk|.
(cosh(s))2
k=0
Problem 5. Use the reduced density operators ρ1 and ρ2 from the pre-
vious problem and calculate the entanglement
Solution 5. We have
∞
!
1 X
E(s) = −tr (tanh2k (s))|kihk|
cosh2 (s) k=0
∞
!!
1 X
× log2 2 (tanh2` (s))|`ih`| .
cosh (s) `=0
The two matrices inside the trace are diagonal matrices and thus the prod-
uct is again a diagonal matrix. Thus
∞
!
1 X
2k tanh2k (s)
E(s) = − tanh (s) log2 .
cosh2 (s) k=0 cosh2 (s)
The identity
∞
X
tanh2k (s) ≡ cosh2 (s)
k=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 466
E(s) = − sinh2 (s)(log2 (sinh2 (s)) − log2 (cosh2 (s)) + log2 (cosh2 (s))
= − sinh2 (s) log2 (sinh2 (s)) + (sinh2 (s) + 1) log2 (cosh2 (s))
= − sinh2 (s) log2 (sinh2 (s)) + cosh2 (s) log2 (cosh2 (s)).
If we assume that |φ0 i and |φ1 i have identical norms, then |ψi takes the
form
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |ϕ0 i + |1i ⊗ |ϕ1 i)
2
where |φ0 i = √12 |ϕ0 i, |φ1 i = √12 |ϕ1 i and |ϕ0 i, ϕ1 i are normalized. Defining
the reduced density operators using the partial trace as
and
ρ2 = hφ0 |φ0 i|0ih0| + hφ1 |φ0 i|0ih1| + hφ0 |φ1 i|1ih0| + hφ1 |φ1 i|1ih1|.
Applying the constraint hφ0 |φ0 i + hφ1 |φ1 i = 1 we find that the nonzero
eigenvalues of ρ1 and ρ2 are given by
1 p
λ= (1 + (1 − 2hφ0 |φ0 i)2 + 4|hφ0 |φ1 i|2 )
2
and 1−λ. Thus E(|ψi) = −λ log2 (λ)−(1−λ) log2 (1−λ). The entanglement
is described exclusively by hφ0 |φ0 i and |hφ0 |φ1 i|2 .
Programming Problem
Solution 1.
/* numberstates.cpp */
#include <iostream>
#include "symbolicc++.h"
int main(void)
{
// b is the Bose annihilation operator, bd is the creation operator
// N[j] is the number state |j>, DN[j] is the dual state <j|
Symbolic b("b"), bd("bd"), N("N"), DN("DN"), m("m"), n("n"), x("x");
b = ~b; bd = ~bd; N = ~N; DN = ~DN;
BindingEquations rules = (b*N[0]==0,DN[0]*bd==0,
(n,b*N[n]==sqrt(n)*N[n-1]),
(n,bd*N[n]==sqrt(n+1)*N[n+1]),
(n,DN[n]*b==D[n+1]*sqrt(n+1)),
(n,DN[n]*bd==DN[n-1]*sqrt(n)),
(n,DN[n]*N[n]==1),
(m,n,DN[m]*N[n]==0));
Symbolic r1 = b*b*N[n];
cout << "r1 = " << r1.subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << "r1(n=1) = " << r1[n==1].subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << "DN[2]*N[3] = " << (DN[2]*N[3]).subst_all(rules) << endl;
cout << "DN[4]*N[4] = " << (DN[4]*N[4]).subst_all(rules) << endl;
Symbolic r2 = b*N[n];
cout << "r2 = " << r2.subst_all(rules) << endl;
Symbolic r3 = DN[n]*r2;
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 468
exp(−~ωb† b/kB T )
ρ= .
tr(exp(−~ωb† b/kB T ))
where
hni := tr(ρb† b) = (exp(~ω/kB T ) − 1)−1 .
Problem 2. Let |0i, |1i be the standard basis in C2 and |β1 i, |β2 i be
coherent states. Consider the normalized state
Problem 3. Can the squeezed state |ζi be used to calculate the trace of
an operator? Calculate Z
1
|ζihζ|dζ.
π C
Discuss.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 469
Chapter 22
Entanglement
22.1 Introduction
In the original paper of Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen the spin version of
entanglement was not used. They considered measurement of position and
momentum observables for two particles in one-dimensional motion. The
entangled state Z ∞
|ψi = |pi ⊗ | − pie−i`p/~ dp
−∞
was studied, where the first component in the tensor product refers to
particle 1 and the second to particle 2. The state |ψi is thus a superposition
of simultaneous eigenkets of the momentum operators P̂1 and P̂2 of the two
particles with associated eigenvalues p and −p, respectively. Thus |ψi is
itself an eigenket of
P̂1 ⊗ I + I ⊗ P̂2
with the eigenvalue 0. The entangled state |ψi is also an eigenket of the
operator
Q̂1 ⊗ I + I ⊗ Q̂2
where Q̂1 and Q̂2 are the position operators of the two particles. The
maximally entangled state of the original EPR pair can also be written as
Z
1
|ψi = dk exp(ik · r1 ) exp(ik · r2 ) = δ(r1 + r2 )
(2π)3/2
469
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 470
where δ denotes the Dirac delta function and · is the scalar product. If
the potential energy between the two particles is assumed to be spherically
symmetric, we can assume that the vectors r1 and r2 lie in the xy-plane in
the laboratory frame without loss of generality.
1
p (|βi ⊗ | − βi + | − βi ⊗ |βi)
Nβ
where |βi denotes a coherent state. For squeezed states |ζi we can consider
the entangled state
1
p (|ζi ⊗ | − ζi + | − ζi ⊗ |ζi).
Nζ
where s is the squeezing parameter and |ni are the number states is an
entangled state. Let |0i, |1i be an orthonormal basis in C2 and |βi be a
coherent state. Then
1
√ (|0i ⊗ |βi + |1i ⊗ | − βi)
N
1
√ (|0i ⊗ |ζi + |1i ⊗ | − ζi)
N
Entanglement 471
and 2
N N
2 X 1 X
g(p, q) := pj + (qj − qk )2 .
N j=1 N
j,k=1
W (q1 , q2 , p1 , p2 ) =
4
2
2
exp −e−2s (q1 + q2 ) + (p1 − p2 )2 − e2s (p1 + p2 )2 + (q1 − q2 )2 .
π
For s → ∞ we find in the sense of generalized functions
Cδ(q1 − q2 )δ(p1 + p2 )
where δ denotes the Dirac delta function. This makes a connection to the
original EPR state of Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen. Thus for large s the
function W peaks at q1 − q2 = 0 and p1 + p2 = 0.
where b†1 , b†2 are Bose creation operators and b1 , b2 are Bose annihilation
operators and r ∈ R. Thus b†1 = b† ⊗ I, b†2 = I ⊗ b† . Let |0i ⊗ |0i be the
vacuum state, i.e.
is the variance.
(iii) What happens in the limit r → ∞ to the state |ψ(r)i?
p ∞
X
|ψ(r)i = U (r)(|0i ⊗ |0i) = (1 − λ2 ) λn |ni ⊗ |ni
n=0
√
where λ = tanh(r) and therefore 1 − λ2 = 1/ cosh(r). The entanglement
of this state can be viewed as an entanglement between quadrature phases in
the two modes (EPR entanglement) or as an entanglement between number
and phase in the two modes.
(ii) We find
(iii) The state |ψ(r)i approaches a simultaneous eigenstate of X̂1 + X̂2 and
Ŷ1 − Ŷ2 .
where b1 and b2 are Bose annihilation operators for two distinct harmonic
oscillator modes, respectively and χ is a coupling constant. Such a Hamil-
ton operator for optical systems describes a four-wave mixing process, when
the constant χ is then proportional to the third order susceptibility. It can
also be used to describe two distinct modes interaction in Bose conden-
sate. Furthermore, it describes the effective interaction of output pump
and probe fields of an optical-cavity mediated by a two-level atom, in the
dispersive limit. Let
|ψ(t = 0)i := |β1 i ⊗ |β2 i
where |β1 i and |β2 i are coherent states.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 473
Entanglement 473
U (t) = exp(−iĤt/~).
Thus
or
where
1
|± e−iπωk χ i :=(|e−iπωk /χ i ± |−e−iπωk /χ i)
2
with k = 1, 2 and = β1 , β2 . Hence the state is entangled.
(iii) For case a) we find
These states may be considered as Bell states. However these states are not
perfectly orthogonal, but for large-amplitude fields |β1 |, |β2 | 1 this can
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 474
Even if there is no precise knowledge of the momentum for either the signal
or the idler, the state does give precise knowledge of the momentum corre-
lation of the pair. In EPR’s language, the momentum for neither the signal
photon nor the idler photon is determined. However, if measurement on
one of the photons yields a certain value, then the momentum of the other
photon is determined.
Solution 5. We find
Entanglement 475
Thus
lim G(x1 , x2 ; s) → δ(x1 − x2 )
s→∞
† 1 † 1
Uπ/4 b1 Uπ/4 = √ (b2 + b1 ), Uπ/4 b2 Uπ/4 = √ (b2 − b1 )
2 2
√
since sin(π/4) = cos(π/4) = 1/ 2.
(ii) From (ii) we find
U† b†1 U = b†1 cos() + b†2 sin(), U† b†2 U = −b†1 sin() + b†1 cos().
Thus
D = b†1 b2 + b1 b†2 .
(iii) The eigenvalue problem D|δi = d|δi can be rewritten as
where
|νi = Uπ/4 |δi.
The eigenvalue problem can easily be solved since b† b|ni = n|ni. We find
|n + di ⊗ |ni d ∈ Z+
(n)
|ν i = |ni ⊗ |ni d=0
|ni ⊗ |n − di d ∈ Z−
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 476
where Z+ denotes the positive set of integers and Z− denotes the negative
set of integers. The eigenvalue d has countable degeneracy corresponding
to the one-integer parameter set |ν (n) i of eigenstates. In order to solve for
the original eigenvalues we have to compute their transformation under the
action of the operator Uπ/4 , i.e.
†
|δ (n) i = Uπ/4 |ν (n) i.
1 †
J+ := b1 b†2 , J− := b†1 b2 , J3 := (b b2 − b†1 b1 )
2 2
with [J+ , J− ] = 2J3 , [J3 , J± ] = ±J± . Thus
π
Uπ/4 = exp (J+ − J− ) .
4
Using the Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff formula we find
where
ξ
η= tan(ξ), β = ln(1 + |η|2 ).
|ξ|
Thus
Uπ/4 = exp(b1 b†2 ) exp(ln 2(b†2 b2 − b†1 b1 )) exp(−b†1 b2 )
where we used that tan(π/4) = 1.
The operators b†j are Bose creation operators and the operators bj are Bose
annihilation operators. Let
n̂j := b†j bj
be the particle number operator of mode j for an appropriate basis. Show
that an eigenstate |ψi of Ĥ is entangled or
Entanglement 477
and n̂j := b†j bj . We have the eigenvalue equation for |ψi, namely Ĥ|ψi =
λ|ψi. Thus
[Ĥ, n̂i ]|ψi = Ĥ n̂i |ψi − n̂i Ĥ|ψi = Ĥni |ψi − λn̂i |ψi
= ni Ĥ|ψi − λn̂i |ψi = λni |ψi − λni |ψi
= 0|ψi.
Thus
1
C=p .
2 + 2 cos(φ) exp(−2|β1 |2 − 2|β2 |2 )
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 478
Entanglement 479
t := cos(θ/2), r := sin(θ/2).
The beam splitter gives the phase difference φ between the reflected and
transmitted fields.
(i) Assume that the input states are two independent number states |n1 i ⊗
|n2 i, where n1 , n2 = 0, 1, 2, . . .. Calculate the state B̂(|n1 i ⊗ |n2 i).
(ii) Consider the special case n1 = 0 and n2 = N .
where
n1 X
X n2
Bnm11nm2 2 = e−iφ(n1 −m1 ) (−1)n1 −k rn1 +n2 −k−` tk+`
k=0 `=0
√
n1 !n2 !m1 !m2 !
× δm ,n +k−` δm2 ,n1 −k+`
k!(n1 − k)!`!(n2 − `)! 1 2
with δm,n is the Kronecker delta. When the total number of input photons
is N = n1 + n2 , the output state becomes an (N + 1)-dimensional entangled
state.
(ii) We obtain from the results of (i)
N
X
B(|0i ⊗ |N i) = cN
k |ki ⊗ |N − ki
k=0
The input field described by the Bose operator b1 is superposed with another
input field with Bose operator b2 by a lossless symmetric beam splitter with
amplitude reflection and transmission coefficients r and t, i.e.
t := cos(θ/2), r := sin(θ/2).
Consider the input state (product state of two independent Fock states)
where
n1 X
X n2
BnN11nN22 = e−iφ(n1 −N1 ) (−1)n1 −k rn1 +n2 −k−l tk+l
k=0 l=0
√
n1 !n2 !N1 !N2 !
× δN ,n +k−l δN2 ,n1 −k+l
k!(n1 − k)!l!(n2 − l)! 1 2
where δ is the Kronecker delta function. When the total number of input
photons is N = n1 +n2 with N ≥ 1, the output state is an (N +1) entangled
state.
1
|ψi = √ (|0i ⊗ |ϕ0 i + |1i ⊗ |ϕ1 i)
2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 481
Entanglement 481
where |φ0 i = √12 |ϕ0 i, |φ1 i = √12 |ϕ1 i and |ϕ0 i, |ϕ1 i are normalized. Defin-
ing the reduced density matrices (using the partial trace)
and
ρ2 = hφ0 |φ0 i|0ih0| + hφ1 |φ0 i|0ih1| + hφ0 |φ1 i|1ih0| + hφ1 |φ1 i|1ih1|.
The entanglement is described exclusively by hφ0 |φ0 i and |hφ0 |φ1 i|2 . Fur-
thermore we have the inequality
1
|hφ0 |φ1 i|2 ≤ hφ0 |φ0 i − hφ0 |φ0 i2 ≤ .
4
Solution 12. The conditions for entanglement from the previous problem
can be applied. In this case the normalization condition yield
2 2
2|c0 |2 (1 + e−2|α| ) + 2|c1 |2 (1 + e−2|β| ) = 1.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 482
2
Consequently hφ0 |φ0 i = 2|c0 |2 (1 + e−2|α| ) and
1 2 1 2
2 (e− 2 |α−β| + e− 2 |α+β| )2
|hφ0 |φ1 i| = hφ0 |φ0 i(1 − hφ0 |φ0 i) .
(1 + e−2|α|2 )(1 + e−2|β|2 )
It is convenient to define the real valued quantities
1 2 1 2
2 −2|α|2 (e− 2 |α−β| + e− 2 |α+β| )2
p00 := hφ0 |φ0 i = 2|c0 | (1 + e ), p01 := .
(1 + e−2|α|2 )(1 + e−2|β|2 )
Thus we obtain
|hφ0 |φ1 i|2 = p00 (1 − p00 )p01 .
The maximum entanglement occurs when hφ0 |φ1 i = 0 and hφ0 |φ0 i = 12 .
6 0 for hφ0 |φ0 i = 21 , the maximum
Since the above equation implies hφ0 |φ1 i =
entanglement is approached asymptotically for α = 0, |β| → ∞ or β = 0,
|α| → ∞. This is due to
Problem 13. Consider the case when |φ0 i is described by a number state
and |φ1 i is described by a coherent state, i.e.
The scalar product between a number state |ni and a coherent state |αi is
given by
2 α
n
1
hn|αi = e− 2 |α| √ .
n!
Discuss the entanglement.
|c0 |2 + |c1 |2 = 1 .
2 |α|2n
|hφ0 |φ1 i|2 = |c0 |2 (1 − |c0 |2 )e−|α| .
n!
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 483
Entanglement 483
2 |α|2n
p00 := hφ0 |φ0 i = |c0 |2 , p01 := e−|α| .
n!
Thus we obtain |hφ0 |φ1 i|2 = p00 (1 − p00 )p01 . The entanglement can again
be determined from p00 and p01 and proceeds as described in the previous
problem.
Problem 14. Let |βi be a coherent state. Consider the entangled state
1
|ψi = p (|βi ⊗ |βi − | − βi ⊗ | − βi).
Nβ
Nβ = 2 − 2 exp(−4|β|2 ).
(ii) We obtain
∞
2 exp(−|β|2 ) X β n+m
|ψi = p √ |ni ⊗ |mi .
Nβ n,m | n+m odd
n!m!
Problem 15. Let |βi, |γi be coherent states. Consider the balanced
entangled coherent state
1
|ψi = √ (|βi ⊗ |γi + eiφ | − βi ⊗ | − γi)
N
U = exp(iπ(b† b ⊗ I + I ⊗ b† b)).
i
U |ψi = √ (|βi ⊗ |γi − i| − βi ⊗ | − γi).
2
Problem 16. Consider the unitary evolution operator for the beam split-
ter
UBS = exp(θ(b†1 b2 eiφ − b1 b†2 e−iφ ))
where the real angular parameter θ determines the transmission and reflec-
tion coefficients via T = t2 = cos2 (θ) and R = r2 = sin2 (θ). The internal
phase shift φ between the reflected and transmitted modes is given by the
beam splitter itself. To control φ we can place a phase shifter in one of the
output channels.
(i) Let |ψin i = |0i ⊗ |1i, i.e. the one input is a one-photon state and the
other the vacuum state. Calculate |ψout i = UBS |ψin i.
(ii) To test quantum non locality of the state |ψout i we apply the displaced
parity operator based on joint parity measurements
Π̂12 (β1 , β2 ) := D1 (β1 )D2 (β2 ) exp(iπ(n̂1 + n̂2 ))D1† (β1 )D2† (β2 )
where D1 (β1 ) and D2 (β2 ) are the unitary displacement operators. Calcu-
late
Π12 (β1 , β2 ) := hψout |Π̂12 (β1 , β2 )|ψout i.
(iii) The two mode Bell function B(β1 , β2 ) can be written as
For local realistic theory B(β1 , β2 ) should satisfy the Bell-CHSH inequality
|B(β1 , β2 )| ≤ 2.
The violation of this inequality indicates quantum non locality of the single
photon entangled state. Calculate B(β1 , β2 ) and discuss the case where
|β1 |2 = |β2 |2 .
Entanglement 485
(ii) We obtain
Π(β1 , β2 ) = hψout |Π̂(β1 , β2 )|ψout i
= (4|re−iφ β1 + tβ2 |2 − 1) exp(−2(|β1 |2 + |β2 |2 )).
(iii) Let |β1 |2 = |β2 |2 = J and let γ12 be an arbitrary phase space difference
between the two coherent displacements β1 and β2 . Then we can write
β2 = β1 eiγ12 . Thus the two-mode Bell function is given by
B(β1 , β2 ) = −1 + (4J − 2)e−2J − (4J − 1)e−4J − 8rtJe−4J cos(∆)
where ∆ := γ12 + φ. When γ12 = −φ we obtain the maximal value |B|max
of the two mode Bell function
|B|max = 1 + (4J − 1)e−4J + 8rtJe−4J − (4J − 2)e−2J .
Problem 17. There are various ways in which photons can be entangled.
The photon is a spin-1 particle. One has a) polarization entanglement, b)
momentum (direction) entanglement c) time-energy entanglement d) or-
bital angular momentum states entanglement. Describe the different types
of entanglement for photons. Parametric down conversion can produce
photons that are entangled both in polarization and in space.
where each ket describes the energy of one of the photons, s and i denotes
the signal and idler, respectively, and A(E) is the spectral distribution of
the collected down conversion light.
Another entanglement from the parametric down-conversion process is the
momentum direction entanglement. From the emission of a parametric
down-conversion source two pairs of spatial (momentum direction) modes
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 487
Entanglement 487
are extracted by pinholes. Photon pairs are emitted such that whenever
a photon is emitted into one of the inner two modes its partner will be
found in the opposite outer mode due to the phase matching in the crys-
tal. The superposition of the two inner and the two outer modes on the
beam-splitter serves to measure coincidence rates in various superposition
of the initial spatial modes. After the beam-splitters we cannot distinguish
the upper two modes from the lower two and therefore interference will be
observed in the various coincidence rates.
1
√ (|ζi ⊗ | − ζi + | − ζi ⊗ |ζi)
N
entangled?
Problem 4. Consider the coherent state |βi and the squeezed state |ζi
state. Is the state
1
√ (|βi ⊗ |ζi + |ζi ⊗ |βi)
N
entangled? Here N is a normalization factor.
Problem 5. Let
|ζ, β1 , β2 i =
∞
−(|β1 |2 +|β2 |2 )/2
X (b† )n (β1 b†1 )n1 (β2 b†2 )n2
e Cn (ζ) √0 |0i0 ⊗ |0i1 ⊗ |0i2
n=0,n1 =0,n2 =0 n! n1 ! n2 !
is entangled. Here Cn (ζ) is the coefficient of the squeezed state with squeez-
ing parameter seiθ and is equal to 0 for all odd values of n and for n even
given by
√ n/2
n! 1
Cn (ζ) = p − eiθ tanh(s) , n even.
cosh(s)((n/2)!) 2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 489
Chapter 23
Continuous Variable
Teleportation
23.1 Introduction
Quantum continuous variables provide a new approach to quantum infor-
mation processing and quantum communication. They describe highly ex-
cited quantum systems such as multi-photon fields of light. Continuous vari-
ables offer additional advantages over the single-photon system. They in-
volve the use of highly efficient telecommunication photodiodes. The coher-
ent sources of continuous entanglement are also orders of magnitude more
efficient than the spontaneous sources of discrete entanglement. Teleporta-
tion schemes can be demonstrated involving bright light sources. Entangled
states build from coherent states |βi are utilized and also Schrödinger cat
states
1
√ (|βi + | − βi).
N
489
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 490
in the vacuum state is also given. The modes 2 and 3 pass through a first
parametric amplifier whose transformation is given by the operator (θ1 ∈ R)
(i) Calculate
The output mode 2 of the first parametric amplifier and the mode 1 are
used as the input modes of the second parametric amplifier (θ2 ∈ R)
Calculate
|Ψout i = U12 (θ2 )(|Ψin i ⊗ |Ψ0ancilla i)
which contains only the state |1i1 |1i2 and set γ2 = tanh2 (θ2 ).
(iii) Find the projection
(iv) Assume that we want to transform the input state (1) into
and
[b†2 b2 , b†2 b†3 ] = b†2 b†3 , [b†3 b3 , b†2 b†3 ] = b†2 b†3
[b†2 b2 , b2 b3 ] = −b2 b3 , [b†3 b3 , b2 b3 ] = −b2 b3
we have a Lie algebra with the basis b†2 b†3 , b2 b3 , b†2 b2 , b†3 b3 , I. Thus we can
disentangle the operator U23 (θ1 ) as
√ √
U23 (θ1 ) = exp( γ1 b†2 b†3 ) exp(ln(1 − γ1 )(b†2 b2 + b†3 b3 + I)/2) exp(− γ1 b2 b3 ).
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 491
Now we have
√
exp(− γ1 b2 b3 )|0i2 |0i3 = (|0i2 ⊗ |0i3 )
exp(ln(1 − γ1 )(b†2 b2 + b†3 b3 + I)/2)|0i2 |0i3 = exp(ln((1 − γ1 )1/2 )(|0i2 ⊗ |0i3 )
p
= 1 − γ1 (|0i2 ⊗ |0i3 )
and
∞
√
exp( γ1 b†2 b†3 )|0i2 |0i3 =
n/2
X
γ1 |ni2 |ni3 .
n=0
Thus
∞
n/2
p X
U23 (θ1 )|Ψancilla i = 1 − γ1 γ1 (|ni2 ⊗ |ni3 ).
n=0
(ii) Using the result from (i) since the structure of the operator U12 is the
same as U23 we obtain
p √ √
|Ψout i = (1 − γ1 )(1 − γ2 )|1i1 |1i2 ( γ2 α|0i3 + γ1 (1 − 2γ2 )β|1i3
√
+γ1 γ2 (3γ2 − 2)γ|2i3 + Ψothers
mode 1, the sender’s part of the quantum channel to be in mode 2, and the
receiver’s part in mode 3. Calculate
yields Z
1
|γi = d2 β|βihβ|γi
π C
where we used I|βi = |βi. Applying this expansion and the identity
hγ|βi = hβ ∗ |γ ∗ i
we find
(12 hψ| ⊗ I3 )(D1† (µ) ⊗ I2 ⊗ I3 )(|φi1 ⊗ |ψi23 )
Z Z
1
= d2 βd2 γhγ|D† (µ)|φihγ ∗ |βi|β ∗ i3
π2 C C
Z Z
1
= 2 d2 βd2 γhβ ∗ |γihγ|D† (µ)|φi|β ∗ i3
π C C
Z
1
= d2 βhβ ∗ |D† (µ)|φi|β ∗ i3
π C
Z
1
= d2 β|β ∗ ihβ ∗ |D3† (µ)|φi3
π C
= D3† (µ)|φi3
We conclude that after the joint measurement, the sender’s state is pro-
jected onto the state which is a unitarily transformed unknown state. Upon
receiving the measurement outcome µ, the receiver recovers the unknown
state by using the appropriate unitary transformation D(µ).
January 30, 2018 15:21 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 493
Problem 1. Let
∞
−|β|2 /2
X βn
|βi = e √ |ni, β∈C
n=0 n!
be a coherent state. Consider the “coherent Bell states”given by
1
|CΦ+ i = p (|βi ⊗ |βi + | − βi ⊗ | − βi)
N+
1
|CΦ− i = p (|βi ⊗ |βi − | − βi ⊗ | − βi)
N−
1
|CΨ+ i = p (|βi ⊗ | − βi + | − βi ⊗ |βi)
N+
1
|CΨ− i = p (|βi ⊗ | − βi − | − βi ⊗ |βi)
N−
in analogy to the Bell states in C4
1
|Φ+ i = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i + |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
1
|Φ− i = √ (|0i ⊗ |0i − |1i ⊗ |1i)
2
1
|Ψ+ i = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i + |1i ⊗ |0i)
2
− 1
|Ψ i = √ (|0i ⊗ |1i − |1i ⊗ |0i).
2
Note that
N± = 2(1 ± e−4ββ ).
For the Bell states in C4 we have
hΦ+ |Φ− i = 0
etc.. Do we have
hCΦ+ |CΦ− i = 0
etc.? Consider the normalized qubit state
|ψi = a0 |0i + a1 |1i, |a0 |2 + |a1 |2 = 1.
We define the linear operators
R1 (b+ |βi + b− | − βi) = b− |βi + b+ | − βi
R3 (b+ |βi + b− | − βi) = b+ |βi − b− | − βi
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 494
Chapter 24
24.1 Introduction
Swapping and cloning need not only be studied for finite-dimensional sys-
tems but also for continuous variables. We can therefore investigate whether
coherent states |βi and squeezed states |ζi can be swapped or cloned.
Solution 1. Yes, we can find a swap operator. From the unitary operator
given above we find U (z)(|0i ⊗ |0i) = |0i ⊗ |0i. Now we have
495
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 496
U (z)D1 (β1 )D2 (β2 )U −1 (z) = U (z) exp(β1 b†1 − β1∗ b1 + β2 b†2 − β2∗ b2 )U (z)−1
and therefore
U (z)D1 (β1 )D2 (β2 )U −1 (z) = exp(β1 (U (z)b1 U (z)−1 )† − β1∗ (U (z)b1 U (z)−1 )
+β2 (U (z)b2 U (z)−1 )† − β2∗ (U (z)b2 U (z)−1 ))
≡ exp(X).
z ∗ sin(|z|) ∗
z sin(|z|) † ∗
X = cos(|z|)β1 + β2 b1 − cos(|z|)β1 + β 2 b1
|z| |z|
z ∗ sin(|z|)
† ∗ z sin(|z|) ∗
+ cos(|z|)β2 − β1 b2 − cos(|z|)β2 − β 1 b2 .
|z| |z|
Thus
z ∗ sin(|z|)
z sin(|z|)
exp(X) = D1 cos(|z|)β1 + β2 D2 cos(|z|)β2 − β1
|z| |z|
z ∗ sin(|z|)
z sin(|z|)
= D cos(|z|)β1 + β2 ⊗ D cos(|z|)β2 − β1 .
|z| |z|
Therefore, we have
z sin(|z|) z ∗ sin(|z|)
|β1 i ⊗ |β2 i → | cos(|z|)β1 + β2 i ⊗ | cos(|z|)β2 − β1 i.
|z| |z|
from the left, we find |β1 i ⊗ |β2 i → |β2 i ⊗ |β1 i. If we set β1 = β and β2 = 0
in (1) we obtain
to find an approximation.
†
Solution 2. Applying the operator I ⊗ ei(δ+π)b b
to the right-hand side
of (1), we obtain
| cos(|z|)βi ⊗ | sin(|z|)βi.
If we set |z| = π/4 we obtain
β β
|βi ⊗ |0i → √ ⊗ √ .
2 2
1
32 hhz|z
0
ii12 = D1 (z 0 )T13 D3† (z)
π
where
∞
X ∞
X
T13 := |ni13 hn| ≡ (|ni ⊗ I ⊗ I)(I ⊗ I ⊗ hn|)
n=0 n=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 498
denotes the transfer operator which obviously satisfies T13 |ψi3 = |ψi1 for
any vector |ψi. For a cloning operation consider the input state in the
product Hilbert space H3 ⊗ H1 ⊗ H2
Z
|ψi = |φi3 ⊗ d2 zf (z, z ∗ )|zii12 .
C
where A ≡ 12 hhw|D3† (z)|φi33 hφ|D3 (z 0 ) ⊗ |zii1212 hhz 0 |wii12 . Using the com-
pleteness and orthogonality of the eigenstates |wii12 of the operator Z we
find Z
ρ3 = d2 z|f (z, z ∗ )|2 D3† (z)|φi33 hφ|D3 (z).
C
d2 z d2 z 0
Z Z Z
ρ1 = 2
d w f (z, z ∗ )f ∗ (z 0 , z 0∗ )
C C π C π
×D1 (z)T13 (D3† (w)D3† (z)|φi33 hφ|D3 (z 0 )D3 (w))T31 D3† (z 0 ) .
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 499
where fe(w, w∗ ) denotes the Fourier transform over the complex plane
Z
1 ∗ ∗
fe(w, w∗ ) = d2 zewz −w z f (z, z ∗ ).
π C
(iv) For
r
2 −|z|2
f (z, z ∗ ) = e
π
one has two identical clones, i.e., ρ3 = ρ1 which are given by the original
state |ψi degraded by Gaussian noise.
Solution 4. We have
Therefore we find
α2 α4 α3
α(b† ⊗b−b⊗b† )
e = |1i ⊗ |0i 1 − + − · · · + |0i ⊗ |1i −α + − ···
2! 4! 3!
= cos(α)|1i ⊗ |0i − sin(α)|0i ⊗ |1i.
If α = π/2, then
Study also the case with the coherent state |β replaced by a squeezed state
|ζi.
U |βi = | − βi.
V |ζi = | − ζi.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 501
Chapter 25
Homodyne Detection
25.1 Introduction
In optical homodyne detection one mixes a local oscillator field (for example
a coherent state or squeezed state of light) with a signal field at a balanced
(50/50) beam splitter (unitary operator)
where the signal field mode is represented by the Bose operator bS and the
local oscillator is represented by the Bose operator bLO . Then
†
bS ⊗ I † UBS (bS ⊗ I)UBS 1 bS ⊗ I − iI ⊗ bLO
UBS UBS = † =√ .
I ⊗ bLO UBS (I ⊗ bLO UBS 2 I ⊗ bLO − ibS ⊗ I
501
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 502
In heterodyne detection the signal electric field and another electric field,
the auxiliary electric field, feed the same port of a beam splitter. The
local electric field oscillator enters the other port of the beam splitter. The
frequencies of the signal, auxiliary and local oscillator fields are different.
One has ωS + ωA = 2ωL , ωS − ωA = 2ω with ωL ω.
D̂ := eb†1eb1 − eb†2eb2 .
D̂ = b†1 b2 + b1 b†2 ≡ b† ⊗ b + b ⊗ b†
Solution 2. We have
I = d†+ d+ − d†− d−
1 1
= (b†1 + b†2 e−iθ )(b1 + b2 eiθ ) − (b†1 − b†2 e−iθ )(b1 − b2 eiθ )
2 2
= b†2 b1 e−iθ + b†1 b2 eiθ .
Solution 3. We obtain
hn̂P i = n̂ + (1 − )n̂ − 2((1 − ))1/2 hx̂S ŷLO − x̂LO ŷS i.
Problem 4. Suppose that b†1 , b†2 are Bose creation operators and b1 , b2
are Bose annihilation operators and I is the identity operator. Consider
the linear operator
Z := b ⊗ I + I ⊗ b†
where b1 := b ⊗ I and b†2 := I ⊗ b† . Thus Z = b1 + b†2 . The operator is
called the heterodyne-current operator. One also finds the notation
Z = bS + bI
where the subscripts S and I, respectively denote the signal mode at fre-
quency ω0 + ∆ω and the imaging mode at frequency ω0 − ∆ω (∆ω ω).
(i) Calculate the commutator [Z, Z † ].
(ii) Find the states Z(|0i ⊗ |0i), Z † (|0i ⊗ |0i).
(iii) Find the state Z 2 (|0i ⊗ |0i).
(ii) We have
(iii) We find √
Z 2 (|0i ⊗ |0i) = 2(|0i ⊗ |2i).
K̂ = b†1 b2 + b1 b†2 ≡ b† ⊗ b + b ⊗ b†
is discrete and coincides with the set Z of relative integers. Note that
K̂ = b1 cos(φ) + b2 sin(φ).
Show that
K̂ † K̂ = b†1 b1 cos2 (φ) + b†2 b2 sin2 (φ) + (b†1 b2 + b1 b†2 ) sin(φ) cos(φ).
Chapter 26
Hamilton Operators
26.1 Introduction
Most experimental realizations of quantum logic gates (Hadamard gate,
quantum phase gate, controlled-NOT gate) involve several qubits and num-
ber states. A Hamilton operator Ĥ must describe the interaction. Thus in
quantum computing we are faced with two problems. One is to determine
the Hamilton operator Ĥ for the system such that the time-evolution
exp(−iĤt/~)
represents the execution of the computation. The other one is to build the
hardware described by this Hamilton operator.
For example the Hamilton operator that produces squeezed states is given
by
Ĥ = ~ω0 b† b + ~κ(b2 eiωt + (b† )2 e−iωt )
505
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 506
K = H 2 = (X 2 + P 2 )2 .
Discuss.
Solution 1. Since
we find
i
[K, X] = (X 2 P + P X 2 + 2P 3 )
2
i
[K, P ] = − (P 2 X + XP 2 + 2X 3 )
2
[X, [K, S]] = P 3
[P, [K, S]] = X 3 .
and
[X 3 , P m X n ] = iP m−1 X n+2 + lower order terms.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 507
1 1
Ĥ = ~ω(b†1 b2 + b1 b†2 )2 ≡ ~ω(b† ⊗ b + b ⊗ b† )2 .
4 4
(i) Let |ni be a number state. Consider the normalized input state |ni⊗|0i.
Find the normalized state
exp(−iĤt/~)(|ni ⊗ |0i)
exp(−iĤt/~)(|ni ⊗ |0i)
Solution 2. (i) For the interaction time t = π/ω the output state is
i|0i ⊗ |ni (for n even) and exp(−iπ/4)|ni ⊗ |0i for n odd. Thus the device
acts as an even-odd filter, switching the even numbers from one mode to
the other. Under these operating conditions it can be used as a device
to measure parity without counting the photon number. It is sufficient to
detect any photons in either of the output channels.
(ii) If the interaction time is t = π/(2ω) the output state will have the form
1
√ (|ni ⊗ |0i + e−i(n+1)π/2 |0i ⊗ |ni)
2
b†1 b1 |mi ⊗ |ni = m|mi ⊗ |ni, b†2 b2 |mi ⊗ |ni = n|mi ⊗ |ni.
Thus
exp(−iĤt/~)|mi ⊗ |ni = eiωtmn |mi ⊗ |ni.
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 508
Ĥ = χb†2 b2 .
d|βi
i = Ĥ|βi
dt
is given by
|β(t)i = exp(−iĤt)|βi.
Using the result from (i) we find
∞
X 2
|β(t)i = cn e−iχt(n −n)
|ni
n=0
where
βn
cn := exp(−|β|2 /2) √ .
n!
Since n2 − n is always an even number, the system will revive whenever χt
is a multiple of π.
(iii) Let χt = πr/s where r, s are mutually prime with r < s. Then we can
write the quadratic (in n) phase in terms of linear phases using the discrete
Fourier transform
`−1
X
exp(−iπn2 r/s) = a(r,s)
p exp(−2πipn/`)
p=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 509
where
s if r is odd, s is even or vice-versa
`=
2s if both r and s are odd.
Thus
`−1
1X
a(r,s)
p = exp(−iπrk 2 /s + 2πipk/`)
`
k=0
and
`−1
X
|β(t)i = a(r,s)
p |β exp(iπ(r/s − 2p/`))i.
p=0
where φ(t) describes a smooth change in phase required for a cyclic adia-
batic inversion of the spin
|dφ(t)/dt| ω.
In the reference frame rotating with B1 (t), the time-dependent Hamilton
operator is given by
P2 m∗ ω 2 Z 2
dφ ∂Bz
Ĥ(t) = z ∗ + c c − ~ ωL − ω − S3 − ~ω1 S1 − gµ ZS3
2mc 2 dt ∂Z
where Z is the coordinate of the oscillator which describes the dynamics of
the quasi-classical cantilever tip, Pz is its momentum, m∗c and ωc are the
effective mass and the frequency of the cantilever, S3 and S1 are the z−
and the x− component of the spin,
1 0 1 1 1 0
S1 = , S3 = ,
2 1 0 2 0 −1
ωL is its Larmor frequency, ω1 is the Rabi frequency (the frequency of the
spin precession around the magnetic field B1 (t) at the resonance condition
ω = ωL , dφ/dt = 0), g and µ are the g-factors and the magnetic moment of
the spin and we defined m∗c = mc /4 as the effective cantilever mass. The
operator acts in the product Hilbert space L2 (R) ⊗ C2 . One sets
ωc = (kc /m∗c )1/2 , ωL = γBz , ω1 = γB1
where γ = gµ/~ is the gyromagnetic ratio of the spin, mc and kc are the
mass and the force constant of the cantilever, Bz includes the uniform
magnetic field B0 and the magnetic field produced by the ferromagnetic
particle.
(i) Cast the Hamilton operator in dimensionless form Ĥ/~ωc → K̂ by
introducing the quantities
p p
E0 := ~ωc , F0 := kc E0 , Z0 := E0 /kc , P0 := ~/Z0
with ω = ωL and using the dimensionless time τ := ωc t.
(ii) The dimensionless time-dependent Schrödinger equation
∂Ψ
i = K̂Ψ
∂τ
where
Ψ1 (τ, z)
Ψ(τ, z) =
Ψ2 (τ, z)
can be solved using the expansions
∞
X ∞
X
Ψ1 (τ, z) = An (τ )|ni, Ψ2 (τ, z) = Bn (τ )|ni
n=0 n=0
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 511
2
|ni = π 1/4 2n/2 (n!)1/2 e−z /2
Hn (z)
where { |ni : n = 0, 1, . . . } are number states. Here Hn (z) are the Her-
mitian polynomials. Find the time evolution of the complex expansion
coefficients An and Bn .
(iii) What would be an initial state closest to the classical limit?
Ĥ 1 dφ
K̂ = = (p2z + z 2 ) + S3 − S1 − 2ηzS3
~ωc 2 dτ
where we used ωL = ω and
Pz Z ω1 gµ ∂Bz
pz := , z := , := , η= , ωc dt = dτ.
P0 Z0 ωc 2Fc ∂Z
(ii) Inserting the series expansions into the dimensionless Schrödinger equa-
tion we find the system of linear differential equations with time-dependent
coefficients for the complex amplitudes An (τ ) and Bn (τ )
η √ √
dAn 1 1 dφ
i = n+ + An − √ nAn−1 + n + 1An+1 − Bn
dτ 2 2 dτ 2 2
η √ √
dBn 1 1 dφ
i = n+ + Bn + √ nBn−1 + n + 1Bn+1 − An
dτ 2 2 dτ 2 2
where we used the Bose operators b and b† defined by
√ √
b|ni = n|n − 1i, b† |ni = n + 1|n + 1i
and
1 2 1
pz + z 2 |ni =
n+ |ni
2 2
with
1 i
z := √ (b† + b), pz := √ (b† − b), [b, b† ] = I.
2 2
(iii) We can choose the coherent state
∞
X βn
Ψ1 (z, 0) = An (0)|ni, Ψ2 (z, 0) = 0, An (0) = √ exp(−|β|2 /2).
n=0 n!
released from each trap with momenta (wave vectors) k1 and k2 , respec-
tively, producing an interference pattern which enables a relative phase to
be measured. The intensity I(x, t) of the atomic field is given by
I(x, t) = I0 hψ|(b†1 (t)eik1 ·x + b†2 (t)eik2 ·x )(b1 (t)e−ik1 ·x + b2 (t)e−ik2 ·x )|ψi (1)
where I0 is the single atom intensity. Atoms within each condensate collide.
This can be described using the Hamilton operator
1
Ĥ = ~χ((b†1 b1 )2 + (b†2 b2 )2 ) (2)
2
where χ is the collision rate between the atoms within each condensate.
Cross-collisions between the two condensates, described by the term b†1 b1 b†2 b2
could also be included. Using the Hamilton operator given by (2) the
intensityI(x, t) is given by
I(x, t) = I0 (hψ|b†1 b1 |ψi + hψ|b†2 b2 |ψi + hψ|b†1 exp(iχt(b†1 b1 − b†2 b2 ))b2 |ψie−iφ(x)
+hψ|b†2 exp(−iχt(b†1 b1 − b†2 b2 ))b1 |ψieiφ(x) )
we have
†
hβ|eiχtb b |βi = exp((eiχt − 1)β ∗ β).
We also have
† †
hβ|eiχtb b b|βi = β exp((eiχt −1)β ∗ β), hβ|b† eiχtb b |βi = β ∗ exp((eiχt −1)β ∗ β).
Thus
hψ|b†1 b1 |ψi = β1∗ β1 , hψ|b†2 b2 |ψi = β2∗ β2
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 513
and
† †
hψ|b†1 eiχt(b1 b1 −b2 b2 ) b2 |ψie−iφ(x) = β1∗ β2 exp((eiχt − 1)β1∗ β1 )
× exp((e−iχt − 1)β2∗ β2 )e−iφ(x)
† †
hψ|b†2 e−iχt(b1 b1 −b2 b2 ) b1 |ψieiφ(x) = β1 β2∗ exp((e−iχt − 1)β1∗ β1 )
× exp((eiχt − 1)β2∗ β2 )eiφ(x) .
Thus
† 0
|1iF = c |0iF = .
1
For the Bose operators we have
0 0 0 0 ... 0 1 √0 0 0 ...
1 √0 0 0 ... 0 0 2 √0 0 ...
b† = 0 2 √0 0 ... , b = 0 0 0 3 √0 ....
0 0 3 0 ... 0 0 0 0 4 ...
... ...
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 514
and
b† b = diag(0, 1, 2, . . .).
Thus it follows that
1 0
b† b ⊗ IF = diag(0, 1, 2, . . .) ⊗ = diag(0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, . . .)
0 1
and
† 0 0
IB ⊗ c c = diag(1, 1, 1, . . .) ⊗ = diag(0, 1, 0, 1, . . .).
0 1
where n = 0, 1, 2, . . .. We find
r
J ω 1
E± (n) = + + nω ± (J − ω)2 + (n + 1)α2 .
2 2 4
Whether 0 is the lowest eigenvalue depends on the values of J, ω and α.
Consider the case with n = 0. Then
r
J ω 1
E− (n = 0) = + − (J − ω)2 + α2 .
2 2 4
The eigenvector for the eigenvalue E− (n = 0) is given by (α 6= 0)
r !
1 1 ω J
|0iB ⊗ |1iF + − (J − ω)2 + α2 + − |1iB ⊗ |0iF .
α 4 2 2
p
Thus this state is entangled except if − (J − ω)2 /4 + α2 + ω/2 − J/2 = 0.
The condition E− (n = 0) = 0 yields α2 = Jω. Then we find the state
J
|0iB ⊗ |1iF − |1iB ⊗ |0iF .
α
This state is also entangled if J 6= 0. Thus we have an unentangled state
with eigenvalue 0 and for given parameter values of J, ω and α we can have
an entangled state with this eigenvalue.
we find
(ii) We have
[b† ⊗ σ− , b ⊗ σ+ ] = b† b ⊗ σ− σ+ − bb† ⊗ σ+ σ− .
√
(iii) Since b|βi = β|βi and b|ni = n|n − 1i we obtain
√ √ √ !
i n
|β|2
2 cos(θ n) β sin(θ n)
A(n, α) = exp(−|β| ) √ √ .
n! √ in sin(θ n + 1) cos(θ n + 1)
n+1
Problem 10. Consider the model Hamilton operator for ions trapped
inside an optical cavity
Ĥ := Ĥ0 + V̂
where
1 ~ω0
Ĥ0 = ~νa† a + Ia ⊗ Ib ⊗ I2 + Ia ⊗ ~ωc b† b ⊗ I2 + Ia ⊗ Ib ⊗ σ3
2 2
and
Here a† (a) and b† (b) are Bose creation (annihilation) operators for the
vibrational phonon and the cavity field photon, respectively and ω0 is the
transition frequency of the two-level ion. The ion-phonon and ion-cavity
coupling constants are Ω and g, and σk (k = z, +, −) are the Pauli operators
describing the internal state of the ion. Thus we consider a two-level ion
radiated by the single mode cavity field of frequency ωc and an external
laser field of frequency ωL . The operators Ia , Ib and I2 are the identity
operators in their respective Hilbert spaces, where I2 is the 2 × 2 unit
matrix. Thus we have a tripartite system. The parameters ηL and ηc are
the Lamb-Dicke parameters.
(i) Consider the unitary operator
+h.c.
where
∞ ∞
2
(iηL )2p a†p ap −ηc2 (iηc )2p a†p ap
X X
−ηL
ÔkL := exp , Ôkc := exp
2 p=0
p!(p + k)! 2 p=0
p!(p + k)!
and
δ0L := ω0 − ωL , δ0c := ω0 − ωc .
(ii) A basis is
|mi ⊗ |ni ⊗ |gi, |mi ⊗ |ni ⊗ |ei
where m = 0, 1, . . . , ∞ denotes the state of ionic vibrational motion, n =
0, 1, . . . , ∞ denotes the state of the quantized cavity field and |gi and |ei
denote the ground state and excited state, respectively for the two-level
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 518
ion. Using appropriate values for the parameters and the time we can find
an implementation of the Hadamard gate
1
|mi ⊗ |0i ⊗ |gi → (|mi ⊗ |0i ⊗ |gi + |mi ⊗ |0i ⊗ |ei)
2
1
|mi ⊗ |0i ⊗ |ei → (|mi ⊗ |0i ⊗ |gi − |mi ⊗ |0i ⊗ |ei).
2
Problem 11. Consider a square lattice with lattice constant a and pe-
riodic boundary conditions. Let c†j (cj ) denotes the creation (annihilation)
operator for an electron in the Wannier state at the lattice site j. The
Hamilton operator Ĥ of spinless tight-binding electrons in the presence of
a magnetic field can be written as
with !
Z j2
e
tj1 j2 = −t exp −i A · dr
~ j1
The summation hj1 , j2 i runs over the nearest neighbour site on the square
lattice. The uniform magnetic field B is applied in z-direction. Choosing
the Landau gauge
A = B(0, x, 0)
the line integral in tj1 ,j2 can be written as
Z j2
e 0 j1 = (m, n) j2 = (m + 1, n)
A · dr =
~ j1 −2πmΦ/Φ0 j1 = (m, n) j2 = (m, n + 1)
1 X i(k1 j1 +k2 j2 )
ck = √ e cj
N j
where c† (k) creates an electron in the Block state with wave vector k and
c(k) annihilates an electron in the Block state with wave vector k. If
Φ/Φ0 = p/q is rational, the magnetic Brillouin zone can be reduced to
0 ≤ k1 ≤ 2π/a and 0 ≤ k2 ≤ 2π/(qa). We obtain
πΦ πΦ
c k1 + 2 `, k2 = c k1 + 2 (` + q), k2
aΦ0 aΦ0
Problem 1. Let b†1 , b†2 be Bose creation operators. Consider the Hamilton
operator
Ĥ = ~ωb†1 b1 (b†2 + b2 ).
Find the unitary operator
Problem 2. Let b†1 , b†2 be Bose creation operators. Study the Hamilton
operator
κ1 † 2 2 κ2 † 2 2
Ĥ = ~ω1 b†1 b1 +~ω2 b†2 b2 + (b ) b + (b ) b +~ω(b†1 b2 +b1 b†2 )+κ12 b†1 b1 b†2 b2 .
2 1 1 2 2 2
U = I − 2|βihβ|
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 520
U = exp(−iK).
W = I − 2|nihn|
Bibliography
Books
Bell J. S.
Speakable and unspeakable in quantum mechanics, Cambridge University
Press (1989)
Bohm A.
Quantum Mechanics, Third edition, Springer (1994)
Dirac P. A. M.
The Principle of Quantum Mechanics, Clarendon Press (1958)
Flügge S.
Practical Quantum Mechanics, Springer (1974)
521
January 25, 2018 8:58 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 522
522 Bibliography
Gasiorowicz S.
Quantum Physics, Wiley (1974)
Gilmore R.
Lie Groups, Lie Algebras, and Some of Their Applications, Wiley (1974)
Gruska J.
Quantum Computing, McGraw-Hill (1999)
Hayashi M.
Quantum Information: An Introduction, Springer (2010)
Hirvensalo M.
Quantum Computing, second edition, Springer (2004)
Lewand R. E.
Cryptological Mathematics, Mathematical Association of America (2000)
Loudon R.
The Quantum Theory of Light, (3rd edition), Oxford University Press (2000)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 523
Bibliography 523
Louisell W. H.
Quantum Statistical Properties of Radiation, Wiley (1973)
Mermin N. D.
Quantum Computer Science, Cambridge University Press (2007)
Merzbacher E.
Quantum Mechanics, 2nd edition, Wiley (1970)
Prugovećki E.
Quantum Mechanics in Hilbert Space, second edition, Academic Press (1981)
Sakurai J. J.
Modern Quantum Mechanics, Addison-Wesley (1994)
Steeb W.-H.
Continuous Symmetries, Lie Algebras, Differential Equations and Com-
puter Algebra, second edition, World Scientific (2007)
Steeb W.-H.
Hilbert Spaces, Wavelets, Generalized Functions and Quantum Mechanics,
Kluwer Academic Publishers (1998)
524 Bibliography
Steeb W.-H.
Problems and Solutions in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics, Third
Edition, Volume I: Introductory Level, World Scientific (2010)
Steeb W.-H.
Problems and Solutions in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics, Third
Edition, Volume II: Advanced Level, World Scientific (2010)
von Neumann J.
Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Princeton University
Press (1955)
Wilde M. M.
Quantum Information Theory, Cambridge University Press (2017)
Papers
Part I
Alber G., Delgado A., Gisin N. and Jex I., Efficient bipartite quantum state
purification in arbitrary dimensional Hilbert spaces, J. Phys. A: Math. Gen.
34, 8821 (2001)
Bennett C. H., Brassard G., Popescu S., Schumacher B., Smolin J. A. and
Wootters W.K., Purification of Noisy Entanglement and Faithful Telepor-
tation via Noisy Channels, Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 722 (1996)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 525
Bibliography 525
Benioff P., Models of quantum Turing machines, Fortsch. Phys. 46, 423
(1997)
Berman G. P., Borgonovi F., Chapline G., Gurvitz S. A., Hammel P. C.,
Pelekhov D. V., Suter A. and Tsifrinovich V. I., Application of Magnetic
Resonance Force Microscopy Cyclic Adiabatic Inversion for a Single-Spin
Measurement, J. Phys. A : Math. Gen. 36, 4417 (2003)
Brassard G., Cleve R. and Tapp A., The cost of Exactly Simulating Quan-
tum Entanglement with Classical Communication, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83,
1874 (1999)
Braunstein S. L., Caves C. M., Jozsa R., Linden N., Popescu S. and Schack
R., Separability of Very Noisy Mixed States and Implications for NMR
Quantum Computing, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 1054 (1999)
Braunstein S. L., Mann A. and Revzen M., Maximal Violation of Bell In-
equalities for Mixed States, Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 3259 (1992)
Brukner C., Pan J.-W., Simon C., Weihs G. and Zeilinger A., Probabilistic
Instantaneous Quantum Computation, Phys. Rev. A 67, 034304 (2003)
Buhrman H., Cleve R. and van Dam W., Quantum Entanglement and Com-
munication Complexity, SIAM Journ. on Computing 30, 1829 (2001)
Childs A. M., Leung D., Verstraete F. and Vidal G., Asymptotic entangle-
ment capacity of the Ising and anisotropic Heisenberg interactions, Quan-
tum Information and Computation 3, 97 (2003)
526 Bibliography
Cleve R., Ekert A., Macchiavello C. and Mosca M., Quantum Algorithms
Revisited, Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. A 454, 339 (1998)
Dehaene J. and De Moor B., Clifford group, stabilizer states, and linear
and quadratic operations over GF(2), Phys. Rev. A 68, 042318 (2003)
Deutsch D., Ekert A., Josza R., Macchiavello C., Popescu S. and Sanpera
A., Quantum Privacy Amplification and the Security of Quantum Cryptog-
raphy over Noisy Channels, Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 2818 (1996)
Ekert A. and Knight P. L., Entangled quantum systems and the Schmidt
decomposition, American Journal of Physics, 63, 415 (1995)
Bibliography 527
Grabowski J., Kuś M. and Marmo G., Geometry of quantum systems: den-
sity states and entanglement, J. Phys. A: Math. Gen. 38, 10217 (2005)
Grudka A. and Wojcik A., How to encode the states of two non-entangled
qubits in one qutrit, Phys. Lett. A 314, 350 (2003)
Hardy Y., Steeb W.-H. and Stoop R., Fully Entangled Quantum States in
2
C N and Bell Measurement, Int. J. Theor. Phys. 42, 2314 (2003)
Hardy Y., Steeb W.-H. and Stoop R., Entanglement, Disentanglement and
Wigner Functions, Physica Scripta 69, 166 (2004)
Jordan T. F., Quantum mysteries explored, Am. J. Phys. 62, 874 (1994)
Jozsa R., Quantum Algorithms and the Fourier transform, Proc. Roy. Soc.
London A 454, 323 (1998)
Kimura G., The Bloch vector for N-level systems, Phys. Lett. A 314, 319
(2003)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 528
528 Bibliography
Korbelář M. and Tolar J., Symmetries of the finite Heisenberg group for
composite systems, J. Phys. A: Math. Theor. 43, 375302 (2010)
Laflamme L., Miquel C., Paz J. P. and Zurek W. H., Perfect Quantum Er-
ror Correction Code, Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 198 (1996)
Nielsen M. A., Dawson C. M., Dodd J. L., Gilchrist A., Mortimer D.,
Osborne T. J., Bremner M. J., Harrow A. W. and Hines A., Quantum dy-
namics as a physical resource, Physical Review A, 67, 052301 (2003)
Pan J.-W., Bouwmeester D., Daniell M., Weinfurter H. and Zeilinger A.,
Experimental test of quantum nonlocality in three-photon Greenberger-Horne-
Zeilinger entanglement, Nature 403, 515 (2000)
Planat M. and Jorrand P., Group theory for quantum gates and quantum
coherence, J. Phys. A: Math. Theor. 41, 182001 (2008)
Sharma S. S., Tripartite GHZ state generation with trapped ion in optical
cavity, Phys. Lett. A 311, 111 (2003)
Bibliography 529
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., Entangled Quantum States and a C++ Imple-
mentation, Int. J. Mod. Phys. C 11, 69 (2000)
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., Quantum Computing and SymbolicC++ Sim-
ulations, Int. J. Mod. Phys. C 11, 323 (2000)
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., Energy Eigenvalue Level Motion and a Sym-
bolicC++ Implementation, Int. J. Mod. Phys. C 11, 1347 (2000)
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., Fermi Systems, Hubbard Model and a Symbol-
icC++ Implementation, Int. J. Mod. Phys. C 12, 235 (2001)
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., Energy Eigenvalue Level Motion with Two Pa-
rameters, Z. Naturforsch. 56 a, 565 (2001)
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., Entangled Quantum States and the Kronecker
Product, Z. Naturforsch. 57 a, 689 (2002)
Steeb W.-H., Hardy Y., Stoop R., Discrete wavelets and perturbation the-
ory, J. Phys A: Math. Gen. 36, 6807 (2003)
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., A hierarchy of Hamilton operators and entan-
glement, Central European Journal of Physics, 7, 854 (2009)
Steeb W.-H., Diabolic Points and Entanglement, Physica Scripta 81, 025012
(2010)
Sutter D., Scholz V. B., Winter A. and Renner R., Approximate Degradable
Quantum Channels, arXiv:1412.0980v3
Trifonov A., Tsegaye T., Björk G., Söderholm J., Goobar E., Atatüre M.
and Sergienko A. V., Experimental demonstration of the relative phase op-
erator, J. Opt. B: Quantum Semiclass. Opt., 2, 105 (2000)
530 Bibliography
Yang G., Hung W. N. N., Song X. and Perkowski M., Majority based re-
versible logic gates, Theoretical Computer Science 334, 259 (2005)
Part II
Barnett S. M., Jeffers J. and Gatti A., Quantum optics of lossy beam split-
ters, Phys. Rev. A 57, 2134 (1998)
Bibliography 531
Braunstein S. L., Fuchs C. A., Kimble H. J. and van Loock P., Quantum
versus classical domains for teleportation with continuous variables, Phys.
Rev. A 64, 022321 (2001)
Dodonov V. V., Man’ko V. I. and Nikonov D. E., Even and odd coherent
states for multimode parametric systems, Phys. Rev. A 51, 3328 (1995)
Eisert J., Optimizing Linear Optics Quantum Gates, Phys. Rev. Lett. 95,
040502 (2005)
532 Bibliography
Jeffers J., Barnett S. M. and Pegg D., Retrodiction as a tool for micromaser
field measurement, J. Mod. Opt. 49, 925 (2002)
Joo J. and Ginossar E., Hybrid teleportation via entangled coherent states
in circuit quantum electrodynamics, arXiv:1509.02859
Knill E., Laflamme R. and Milburn G. J., A scheme for efficient quantum
computation with linear optics, Nature 409, 46 (2001)
Kok P., Munro W. J., Nemoto K., Ralph T. C., Dowling J. P. and Milburn
G. J., Linear optical quantum computing with photonic qubits, Rev. Mod.
Phys. 79, 1 (2007)
Kok P., Munro W. J., Nemoto K., Ralph T. C., Dowling J. P. and Milburn
G. J., Linear Optical Quantum Computing, arXiv:quant-ph/0512071v2
Lee J. and Kim M. S., Quantum Teleportation Via Mixed Two-Mode Squeezed
States in the Coherent-State Representation, J. Kor. Phys. Soc. 42, 457
(2003)
Bibliography 533
Pan Jian-Wei, Daniell M., Gasparoni S., Weihs G., and Zeilinger A., Ex-
perimental Demonstration of Four-Photon Entanglement and High-Fidelity
Teleportation, Phys. Rev. Lett. 86, 4435 (2001)
Serafini A., De Siena S., Illuminati F. and Paris M. G. A., Minimum deco-
herence cat-like states in Gaussian noisy channels, arXiv:quant-ph/0310005v2
Steeb W.-H. and Hardy Y., Quantum Optics Networks, Unitary Operators
and Computer Algebra, Int. J. of Mod. Phys. C 19, 1069 (2008)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 534
534 Bibliography
Thamm R., Kolley E. and Kolley W., Green’s Functions for Tight-Binding
Electrons on a Square Lattice in a Magnetic Field, phys. stat. sol. (b) 170,
163 (1992)
van Enk S. J. and Hirota O., Entangled coherent states: Teleportation and
decoherence, Phys. Rev. A 64, 022313 (2001)
Vaziri A., Mair A., Weihs G. and Zeilinger A., Entanglement of the Angular
Orbital Momentum States of the Photons, Nature 412, 313 (2001)
Zou Xu-Bo, Pahlke K. and Mathis W., The non-deterministic quantum logic
operation and the teleportation of the superposition of the vacuum state and
the single-photon state via parametric amplifiers, Phys. Lett. A 311 271
(2003)
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 535
Index
C ∗ -algebra, 195 Bilateral XOR, 366
SL(2, C), 46 Bit-flip error, 352
SO(4), 177 Bloch coherent states, 112
SU (1, 1), 453 Bloch representation, 518
SU (2), 85, 452 Bloch sphere, 237
SU (N ), 86 Bloch vector, 133
π-meson, 59 Bogolubov transform, 396, 401
su(1, 1), 402, 418, 447 Bogolubov unitary operator, 402
su(2), 403 Bose annihilation operator, 387
su(N ), 86 Bose creation operator, 387
Bose-Einstein condensates, 511
Abelian group, 188 Bose-Einstein density operator, 396,
Algorithm, 325 455
AND gate, 155 Braid like relation, 202
AND operation, 327 Bures distance, 18, 120
Anti-commutation relations, 276 Bures metric, 274
Anticommutator, 9
Antilinear operator, 95 Canonical, 402
Antisymmetric subspace, 263 Cauchy integral formula, 108
Associated Laguerre polynomials, 415 Cayley-Hamilton theorem, 16, 66, 74,
88
Baker-Campbell-Hausdorff formula,
Characteristic length, 389
76, 84, 428
Charge conjugation, 94
Beam splitter, 409, 414, 478, 484,
Chebyshev polynomials, 411
501
Choi-Jamiolkowski representation, 378
Beam splitter interaction, 433
CHSH inequality, 303
Beam splitter operator, 478, 479
Circulant matrix, 78
Bell angles, 303
Classical algorithm, 325
Bell basis, 35, 201, 262, 309, 312
Classical information capacity, 215
Bell inequality, 296, 297
Clone, 497
Bell matrix, 59
Cloning, 319
Bell operator, 299, 301, 306
CNOT gate, 55, 197, 320
Bell state, 43, 253, 256
Coherent squeezed state, 454
Bell states, 39, 44, 130, 197, 199,
Coherent states, 272, 423
252, 282, 473
Comb, 95
Bell-CHSH inequality, 484
Communication complexity, 329, 331
Bijection, 24
Commutative group, 188
Bilateral exclusive or, 366
535
January 24, 2018 11:57 book-9x6 10943 - Problems and Solutions in Quantum Computing and Quantum Information book
page 536
536 Index
Index 537
538 Index
Index 539